Aor- 22, 1993
1 •-
PR
5^86
Al
1912
Stevenson, Robert Louis
Treasure Island
BIOGRAPHICAL EDITION^ >,
_ ,V
;i $
RE AS UK
ISLAND
BY
WITH A PREFACE BY MRS. STEVENSON
.
, v
-
'
NEW YORK
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
1912
PR
5^
Al
19:
\
Copyright, 1894
BY ROBERT Louis STEVENSOK
Copyright, 1905
BY CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
THE BIOGRAPHICAL EDITION
OF THE WORKS OF
ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON
TREASURE ISLAND
\
th\
hek
pass
old la
with
s
ch
icr
.rdy
^/athy
.^om driving
did not, apparently.
THE BIOGRAPHICAL EDITION
OF STEVENSON'S WORKS
NOVELS AND ROMANCES
TREASURE ISLAND
PRINCE OTTO
KIDNAPPED
THE BLACK ARROW
THE MASTER OF BALLANTRAE
THE WRONG BOX
THE WRECKER
DAVID BALFOUR
THE EBB-TIDE
WEIR OF HERiMISTON
ST. IVES
SHORTER STORIES
NEW ARABIAN NIGHTS
THE DYNAMITER
THE MERRY MEN. containing DR. JEKYLL
AND MR. HYDE
ISLAND NIGHTS' ENTERTAINMENTS
ESS A VS, TRA I'ELS &> SKETCHES
AN INLAND VOYAGE
TRAVELS WITH A DONKEY
V1RGINIBUS PUER1SQUE
FAMILIAR STUDIES
THE AMATEUR EMIGRANT, containing THE
SILVERADO SQUATTERS
MEMORIES AND PORTRAITS
IN THE SOUTH SEAS
ACROSS THE PLAINS
ESSAYS OF TRAVEL AND IN THE ART OF
WRITING
LAY MORALS AND OTHER PAPERS
POEMS
COMPLETE POEMS
THE LETTERS OF ROBERT LOUIS
STEVENSON. 4 vols.
THE LIFE OF ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON
By Graham Balfour. Abridged Edition In one volume
Thirty-one volumes. Sold singly or in sets
Per volume, doth, Si.oo: Limf Leather, fi.2j ;
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, NEW YORK
PREFACE
TO
THE BIOGRAPHICAL EDITION
IT was a season of rain and chill weather that
we spent in the cottage of the late Miss
McGregor, though the townspeople called the
cold, steady, penetrating drizzle " just misting."
In Scotland a fair day appears to mean fairly wet.
It is quite fair, now," they will say, when you
can hardly distinguish the houses across the street.
Queen Victoria, who had endeared herself greatly
to the folk of the neighbourhood, showed a true
Scottish spirit in her indifference to the weather.
Her Majesty was in the habit of driving out to take
tea in the open, accompanied by a couple of ladies-
in-waiting. The road from Balmoral ran not far
behind the late Miss McGregor's cottage; and as
the queen always drove in an open carriage, with
her tea basket strapped on behind, we could see her
pass very plainly. Our admiration for the sturdy
old lady was very much tempered by our sympathy
with the ladies-in-waiting, with whom driving
backward on the front seat did not, apparently,
Copyright, 1905, by Charles Scribner's Sons
vi PREFACE
agree. Their poor noses were very red, and the
expression of their faces anxious, not to say cross,'
as they miserably coughed and sneezed.
Our first visitors were Mr. Sidney Colvin and
Mr. Edmund Gosse. We could hardly expect men
like these to take an abiding interest in the pastimes
of even their own queen, and we had no other out-
side attraction to offer. However, there was one
amusement that the family, at least, enjoyed keenly,
in which we could ask them to join. As has been
told elsewhere, at the eager pleading of my twelve-
year-old son, Lloyd Osbourne, a story then called
The Sea Cook was being written for his espe-
cial benefit, a chapter each day to be read in the
otherwise dull afternoon. Though this tale, begun
without any fixed plan, was intended to make the
enforced seclusion of the child less irksome, there
was one other in the audience whose interest was
as intense, and whose suggestions and criticisms
were always purposeful and valuable. My hus-
band's voice was extraordinarily thrilling and sym-
pathetic, with a fine dramatic quality. I have
never heard anything quite like it, even on the
stage. I remember, in a room full of people, some
one speaking in a disparaging manner of Walt
Whitman. With no comment my husband reached
up to a shelf, took down Leaves of Grass, and
began reading " A Stranger from Alabama." By
PREFACE vii
the time he had come to the line " I almost think
I can see her," the entire company were streaming
tears, and the scoffer was silenced by his own
emotion. My father-in-law would sit entranced
during our daily chapter, his noble head bent for-
ward, his great, glowing eyes fixed on his son's
face. Every incident of the story could be read
in his changing countenance. At any slip in style,
or taste, or judgment he would perceptibly wince.
I shall always believe that something unusual and
great was lost to the world in Thomas Stevenson.
One could almost see the struggle between the
creature of cramped hereditary conventions and
environment, and the man nature had intended him
to be. Fortunately for my husband he inherited
from this tragic father his genius and wide hu-
manity alone. The natural gaiety of Margaret
Stevenson, who lived as a bird sings, for very joy
of it, she passed down to her son, who needed it
all — and had it all — to carry him safely through
the monotony of suffering that he endured for so
many years with such unfailing cheerfulness.
Treasure Island, which, before the advent of
our visitors, had been thought of simply as an
amusement for a small boy condemned to the in-
action of an indoor life by the inclement weather,
now, under the stimulus of the admiration of men
like Mr. Colvin and Mr. Gosse, began to be re-
viii PREFACE
garded seriously as a possible novel; and the
arrangement for its serial publication by Dr. Japp
filled its author with fresh enthusiasm not unmixed
with apprehension.
Fifteen chapters were finished and read in
Braemar, and several in Weybridge, when autumn
came upon us unawares, and it was time to make
our flitting to Davos. We carried the unfinished
novel with us on the journey, as we rather expected
to stop and rest en route, and my husband thought
he might feel inclined to add a chapter or two on
the way. But, alas, we carried something else:
a toy theatre for the lad, who had preceded us with
his tutor; also sheets of unpainted sets, penny
plain, and a fine, large box of water-colours, that
Lloyd might have the joy of painting his own
scenes. The first night we stopped we opened the
package of manuscript, which also contained the
theatre sets and the paints. I began idly trying
the colours on one of the plains. My enthusiasm
rose with action, and I was soon absorbed in the
sport. My husband watched me for a moment,
and then he, too, fell a victim. We painted on and
on, until the night was almost spent, only ceasing
with the end of our material, and Treasure Island
went back into the parcel as it came out.
At Davos the work was again taken up, but inter-
mittently. Had it not been appearing as a serial,
PREFACE ix
I doubt if it would ever have been finished. Writ-
ing for serial publication in haste is a somewhat
precarious occupation. I remember, when we once
stopped for a day or two at Lyons, my husband's
dismay when he sat down to write a chapter of
The Black Arrow to find that he had forgotten
how to extricate his hero from an apparently im-
possible position. He could only make a new,
somewhat lame invention to take the place of what
was originally meant to be a most thrilling and
ingenious escape.
If play promised more pleasure than work there
was no weak hesitation in my husband's choice.
He chose play with the ardour of a boy, and while
he played there was no other thought in his mind
but the game. We had taken, for this second
winter in Davos, a cottage called the Chalet am
Stein. The lower floor contained a large room,
unused because it possessed no facilities for heating.
On the bare floor an immense map was drawn in
chalk ; here the man and the boy spent many hours
at a sort of Kriegspiel beyond my capacity to under-
stand. They would come upstairs when their
fingers became too cold to make their shots, blue-
lipped and shivering, their eyes shining, and their
faces fairly illuminated with excitement.
When this was denied him by his doctors my
husband found another form of entertainment
x PREFACE
With some blocks of wood and a small chisel ob-
tained from the local carpenter he made rude wood-
engravings, wrote verses under them, and called
them " moral emblems." I afterwards got him
some pear-wood blocks and proper engraving
tools; but with the elimination of di^culties his
interest waned. Thus, between intervals of play
and other work, and occasional attacks of illness,
the last pages of the novel were finished and sent
off to the publishers from the Chalet am Stein.
Until the unexpected popular success of Treas-
ure Island, my husband had hoped or looked for
nothing more to follow from his work than a
modest livelihood, and perhaps a succes d'estime.
The latter he was almost assured of by the criti-
cisms of such men as Philip Gilbert Hamerton,
Sidney Colvin, and Edmund Gosse. Much has
been said concerning the labour he found necessary
in order to maintain the high level of his style,
the " sedulous ape " being quoted as evidence. He
worked hard and continuously at the beginning of
his career when he was trying all paths in search
of the road that was the right and only road for
him ; but having found it there was no more need
for the sedulous ape. It is also true that he some-
times wrote and rewrote after he had " found
himself," but more often his work came with great
facility, needing almost no correction. It is curious
PREFACE xi
how an unusual word or phrase may be caught up
and exploited until it is threadbare. The sedulous
ape is such an instance. An expression in Treas-
ure Island, " his eye gleaming like a crumb of
glass," which has been often quoted with approba-
tion, always made my husband wince when he read
it. " A crumb," he would repeat with scorn ; " why
a crumb of glass ? better a piece — a bit, anything
of glass but a crumb ! "
F. V. DE G. S.
TO
LLOYD OSBOURNE,
AN AMERICAN GENTLEMAN,
IN ACCORDANCE WITH WHOSE CLASSIC TASTE
THE FOLLOWING NARRATIVE HAS BEEN DESIGNED,
IT IS NOW, IN RETURN FOR NUMEROUS DELIGHTFUL HOURS
AND WITH THE KINDEST WISHES,
BY HIS AFFECTIONATE FRIEND,
THE AUTHOR
.
••J '£
,
TO THE HESITATING PURCHASER
IF sailor tales to sailor tunes,
Storm and adventure, heat and cold,
If schooners, islands, and maroons
And Buccaneers and buried Gold,
And all the old romance, retold
Exactly in the ancient way,
Can please, as me they pleased of old,
The wiser youngsters of to-day :
— So be it, and fall on ! If not,
If studious youth no longer crave,
His ancient appetites forgot,
Kingston, or Ballantyne the brave,
Or Cooper of the wood and wave :
So be it, also ! And may I
And all my pirates share the grave
Where these and their creations lie ?
CONTENTS
PAGE
MY FIRST BOOK — "TREASURE ISLAND" .... xix
PART I
THE OLD BUCCANEER
CHAPTER
I THE OLD SEA DOG AT THE " ADMIRAL
BENBOW" 3
II BLACK DOG APPEARS AND DISAPPEARS ... 13
III THE BLACK SPOT 23
IV THE SEA-CHEST 33
V THE LAST OF THE BLIND MAN 43
VI THE CAPTAIN'S PAPERS 52
PART II
THE SEA COOK
VII I GO TO BRISTOL 63
VIII AT THE SIGN OF THE " SPY-GLASS " .... 70
IX POWDER AND ARMS 79
X THE VOYAGE 87
XI WHAT I HEARD IN THE APPLE BARREL ... 96
XII COUNCIL OF WAR 106
PART III
MY SHORE ADVENTURE
III How MY SHORE ADVENTURE BEGAN .... 117
XIV THE FIRST BLOW 125
XV THE MAN OF THE ISLAND 134
xviii CONTENTS
PART IV
THE STOCKADE
CHAPTER PAGE
XVI NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR:
HOW THE SHIP WAS ABANDONED . . . 147
XVII NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR:
THE JOLLY-BOAT'S LAST TRIP .... 155
XVIII NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR:
END OF THE FIRST DAY'S FIGHTING . 162
XIX NARRATIVE RESUMED BY JIM HAWKINS: THE
GARRISON IN THE STOCKADE .... 169
XX SILVER'S EMBASSY 178
XXI THE ATTACK 187
PART V
MY SEA ADVENTURE
XXII How MY SEA ADVENTURE BEGAN .... 199
XXIII THE EBB-TIDE RUNS 208
XXIV THE CRUISE OF THE CORACLE 216
XXV I STRIKE THE JOLLY ROGER 225
XXVI ISRAEL HANDS 233
XXVII " PIECES OF EIGHT " 246
PART VI
CAPTAIN SILVER
XXVIII IN THE ENEMY'S CAMP 259
XXIX THE BLACK SPOT AGAIN 271
XXX ON PAROLE 281
XXXI THE TREASURE HUNT — FLINT'S POINTER 292
XXXII THE TREASURE HUNT — THE VOICE AMONG
THE TREES 302
XXXIII THE FALL OF A CHIEFTAIN 311
XXXIV AND LAST 320
XXI
ut not
vel.
MY FIRST BOOK
"TREASURE ISLAND"
IT was far, indeed, from being my first book,
for I am not a novelist alone. But I am well
aware that my paymaster, the great public,
regards what else I have written with indifference,
if not aversion. If it call upon me at all, it calls
on me in the familiar and indelible character ; and
when I am asked to talk of my first book, no
question in the world but what is meant is my first
novel.
Sooner or later, somehow, anyhow, I was bound
I was to write a novel. It seems vain to ask why.
Men are born with various manias : from my earli-
est childhood it was mine to make a plaything of
imaginary series of events; and as soon as I was
able to write, I became a good friend to the paper-
makers. Reams upon reams must have gone to
the making of Rathillet, the Pentland Rising,1 the
1 Ne pas confondre. Not the slim green pamphlet with the im-
print of Andrew Elliott, for which (as I see with amazement from
the book-lists) the gentlemen of England are willing to pay fancy
prices; but its predecessor, a bulky historical romance without a
spark of merit, and now deleted from the world.
Copyright, 1894, by Robert Louis Stevenson
V
xx M* FIRST BOOK
King's Pardon (otherwise Park Whitehead), Ed-
ward Barren, A Country Dance, and a Vendetta
in the West; and it is consolatory to remember
that these reams are now all ashes, and have been
received again into the soil. I have named but
a few of my ill-fated efforts: only such, indeed,
as came to a fair bulk ere they were desisted
from; and even so they cover a long vista of
years. Rathillet was attempted before fifteen, the
Vendetta at twenty-nine, and the succession of
defeats lasted unbroken till I was thirty-one. By-
that time I had written little books and little
essays and short stories, and had got patted on
the back and paid for them — though not enough
to live upon. I had quite a reputation. I was
the successful man. I passed my days in toil, the
futility of which would sometimes make my cheek
to burn, — that I should spend a man's energy
upon this business, and yet could not earn a liveli-
hood; and still there shone ahead of me an un-
attained ideal. Although I had attempted the thing
with vigour not less than ten or twelve times, I
had not yet written a novel. All — all my pretty
ones — had gone for a little, and then stopped in-
exorably, like a school-boy's watch. I might be
compared to a cricketer of many years' standing
who should never have made a run. Anybody can
write a short story — a bad one, I mean — who
MY FIRST BOOK xxi
has industry and paper and time enough; but not
every one may hope to write even a bad novel.
It is the length that kills. The accepted novelist
may take his novel up and put it down, spend
days upon it in vain, and write not any more
than he makes haste to blot. Not so the beginner.
Human nature has certain rights; instinct — the
instinct of self-preservation — forbids that any
man (cheered and supported by the consciousness
of no previous victory) should endure the mis-
eries of unsuccessful literary toil beyond a period
to be measured in weeks. There must be some-
thing for hope to feed upon. The beginner must
have a slant of wind, a lucky vein must be run-
ning, he must be in one of those hours when the
words come and the phrases balance of themselves
— even to begin. And having begun, what a dread
looking forward is that until the book shall be
accomplished ! For so long a time the slant is to
continue unchanged, the vein to keep running; for
so long a time you must hold at command the
same quality of style; for so long a time your
puppets are to be always vital, always consistent,
always vigorous. I remember I used to look, in
those days, upon every three-volume novel with a
sort of veneration, as a feat — not possibly of lit-
erature— but at least of physical and moral en-
durance and the courage of Ajax.
xxii MY FIRST BOOK
In the fated year I came to live with my father
and mother at Kinnaird, above Pitlochry. There
I walked on the red moors and by the side of the
golden burn. The rude, pure air of our moun-
tains inspirited, if it did not inspire us; and my
wife and I projected a joint volume of bogie
stories, for which she wrote The Shadow on the
Bed, and I turned out Thrawn Janet, and a first
draft of The Merry Men. I love my native air,
but it does not love me; and the end of this de-
lightful period was a cold, a fly blister, and a
migration, by Strathairdle and Glenshee, to the
Castleton of Braemar. There it blew a good deal
and rained in a proportion. My native air was
more unkind than man's ingratitude; and I must
consent to pass a good deal of my time between
four walls in a house lugubriously known as " the
late Miss McGregor's cottage." And now admire
the finger of predestination. There was a school-
boy in the late Miss McGregor's cottage, home for
the holidays, and much in want of " something
craggy to break his mind upon." He had no
thought of literature; it was the art of Raphael
that received his fleeting suffrages, and with the
aid of pen and ink and a shilling box of water-
colours, he had soon turned one of the rooms
into a picture-gallery. My more immediate duty
towards the gallery was to be showman; but I
XX111
would sometimes unbend a little, join the artist
(so to speak) at the easel, and pass the afternoon
with him in a generous emulation, making coloured
drawings. On one of these occasions I made the
map of an island; it was elaborately and (I
thought) beautifully coloured; the shape of it
took my fancy beyond expression; it contained
harbours that pleased me like sonnets; and with
the unconsciousness of the predestined, I ticketed
my performance Treasure Island. I am told there
are people who do not care for maps, and find it
hard to believe. The names, the shapes of the
woodlands, the courses of the roads and rivers,
the prehistoric footsteps of man still distinctly
traceable up hill and down dale, the mills and the
ruins, the ponds and the ferries, perhaps the
" Standing Stone " or the " Druidic Circle " on
the heath; here is an inexhaustible fund of in-
terest for any man with eyes to see, or twopence
worth of imagination to understand with. No
child but must remember laying his head in the
grass, staring into the infinitesimal forest, and
seeing it grow populous with fairy armies.
Somewhat in this way, as I pored upon my map
of Treasure Island, the future characters of the
book began to appear there visibly among imagi-
nary woods; and their brown faces and bright
weapons peeped out upon me from unexpected
xxiv MY FIRST BOOK
quarters, as they passed to and fro, fighting, and
hunting treasure, on these few square inches of
a flat projection. The next thing I knew, I had
some paper before me and was writing out a list
of chapters. How often have I done so, and the
thing gone no farther ! But there seemed elements
of success about this enterprise. It was to be a
story for boys; no need of psychology or fine
writing; and I had a boy at hand to be a touch-
stone. Women were excluded. I was unable to
handle a brig (which the Hispaniola should have
been), but I thought I could make shift to sail
her as a schooner without public shame. And then
I had an idea for John Silver from which I prom-
ised myself funds of entertainment: to take an
admired friend of mine (whom the reader very
likely knows and admires as much as I do), to
deprive him of all his finer qualities and higher
graces of temperament, to leave him with nothing
but his strength, his courage, his quickness, and
his magnificent geniality, and to try to express
these in terms of the culture of a raw tarpaulin.
Such psychical surgery is, I think, a common way
of " making character; " perhaps it is, indeed, the
only way. We can put in the quaint figure that
spoke a hundred words with us yesterday by the
wayside ; but do we know him ? Our friend, with
his infinite variety and flexibility, we know — but
MY FIRST BOOK xxv
can we put him in? Upon the first we must en-
graft secondary and imaginary qualities, possibly
all wrong; from the second, knife in hand, we
must cut away and deduct the needless arbores-
cence of his nature; but the trunk and the few
branches that remain we may at least be fairly
sure of.
On a chill September morning, by the cheek of
a brisk fire, and the rain drumming on the window,
I began The Sea Cook, for that was the original
title. I have begun (and finished) a number of
other books, but I cannot remember to have sat
down to one of them with more complacency. It
is not to be wondered at, for stolen waters are
proverbially sweet. I am now upon a painful
chapter. No doubt the parrot once belonged to
Robinson Crusoe. No doubt the skeleton is con-
veyed from Poe. I think little of these, they are
trifles and details; and no man can hope to have
a monopoly of skeletons or make a corner in talk-
ing birds. The stockade, I am told, is from Mas-
terman Ready. It may be, I care not a jot.
These useful writers had fulfilled the poet's say-
ing: departing, they had left behind them
" Footprints on the sands of time ;
Footprints that perhaps another "
and I was the other ! It is my debt to Washington
Irving that exercises my conscience, and justly so,
xxvi MY FIRST BOOK
for I believe plagiarism was rarely carried farther.
I chanced to pick up the Tales of a Traveller some
years ago, with a view to an anthology of prose
narrative, and the book flew up and struck me :
Billy Bones, his chest, the company in the parlour,
the whole inner spirit and a good deal of the
material detail of my first chapters — all were
there, all were the property of Washington Irving.
But I had no guess of it then as I sat writing by
the fireside, in what seemed the springtides of a
somewhat pedestrian inspiration; nor yet day by
day, after lunch, as I read aloud my morning's
work to the family. It seemed to me original as
sin; it seemed to belong to me like my right eye.
I had counted on one boy; I found I had two in
my audience. My father caught fire at once with
all the romance and childishness of his original
nature. His own stories, that every night of his
life he put himself to sleep with, dealt perpetually
with ships, roadside inns, robbers, old sailors, and
commercial travellers before the era of steam. He
never finished one of these romances: the lucky
man did not require to! But in Treasure Island
he recognised something kindred to his own imagi-
nation ; it was his kind of picturesque ; and he not
only heard with delight the daily chapter, but set
himself actively to collaborate. When the time
came for Billy Bones's chest to be ransacked, he
MY FIRST BOOK xxvii
must have passed the better part of a day pre-
paring, on the back of a legal envelope, an inven-
tory of its contents, which I exactly followed ; and
the name of " Flint's old ship," the Walrus, was
given at his particular request. And now, who
should come dropping in, ex machina, but Dr. Japp,
like the disguised prince who is to bring down the
curtain upon peace and happiness in the last act,
for he carried in his pocket not a horn or a talis-
man, but a publisher; had, in fact, been charged
by my old friend Mr. Henderson to unearth new
writers for Young Folks. Even the ruthlessness
of a united family recoiled before the extreme
measure of inflicting on our guest the mutilated
members of The Sea Cook; at the same time we
would by no means stop our readings, and ac-
cordingly the tale was begun again at the begin-
ning, and solemnly redelivered for the benefit of
Dr. Japp. From that moment on I have thought
highly of his critical faculty; for when he left us,
he carried away the manuscript in his portmanteau.
Here, then, was everything to keep me up —
sympathy, help, and now a positive engagement.
I had chosen besides a very easy style. Compare
it with the almost contemporary Merry Men; one
may prefer the one style, one the other — 't is an
affair of character, perhaps of mood; but no ex-
pert can fail to see that the one is much more
xxviii MY FIRST BOOK
difficult, and the other much easier, to maintain.
It seems as though a full-grown, experienced man
of letters might engage to turn out Treasure
Island at so many pages a day, and keep his pipe
alight. But alas! this was not my case. Fifteen
days I stuck to it, and turned out fifteen chapters;
and then, in the early paragraphs of the sixteenth,
ignominiously lost hold. My mouth was empty;
there was not one word more of Treasure Island
in my bosom; and here were the proofs of the
beginning already waiting me at the " Hand and
Spear ! " There I corrected them, living for the
most part alone, walking on the heath at Wey-
bridge in dewy autumn mornings, a good deal
pleased with what I had done, and more appalled
than I can depict to you in words at what re-
mained for me to do. I was thirty-one; I was
the head of a family; I had lost my health; I
had never yet paid my way, had never yet made
two hundred pounds a year; my father had quite
recently bought back and cancelled a book that was
judged a failure; was this to be another and last
fiasco? I was indeed very close on despair; but
I shut my mouth hard, and during the journey to
Davos, where I was to pass the winter, had the
resolution to think of other things, and bury my-
self in the novels of M. du Boisgobey. Arrived
at my destination, down I sat one morning to the
MY FIRST BOOK xxix
unfinished tale, and behold! it flowed from me
like small talk; and in a second tide of delighted
industry, and again at the rate of a chapter a day,
I finished Treasure Island. It had to be transacted
almost secretly. My wife was ill, the school-boy
remained alone of the faithful, and John Adding-
ton Symonds (to whom I timidly mentioned what
I was engaged on) looked on me askance. He
was at that time very eager I should write on the
Characters of Theophrastus, so far out may be the
judgments of the wisest men. But Symonds (to
be sure) was scarce the confidant to go to for
sympathy in a boy's story. He was large-minded ;
" a full man," if there ever was one ; but the very
name of my enterprise would suggest to him only
capitulations of sincerity and solecisms of style.
Well, he was not far wrong.
Treasure Island — it was Mr. Henderson who
deleted the first title, The Sea Cook — appeared
duly in the story paper, where it figured in the
ignoble midst without woodcuts, and attracted not
the least attention. I did not care. I liked the
tale myself, for much the same reason as my father
liked the beginning : it was my kind of picturesque.
I was not a little proud of John Silver also, and to
this day rather admire that smooth and formidable
adventurer. What was infinitely more exhilarat-
ing, I had passed a landmark; I had finished a
xxx MY FIRST BOOK
tale, and written " The End " upon my manuscript,
as I had not done since the Pentland Rising, when
I was a boy of sixteen, not yet at college. In truth
it was so by a set of lucky accidents : had not Dr.
Japp come on his visit, had not the tale flowed
from me with singular ease, it must have been laid
aside like its predecessors, and found a circuitous
and unlamented way to the fire. Purists may sug-
gest it would have been better so. I am not of
that mind. The tale seems to have given much
pleasure, and it brought (or was the means of
bringing) fire and food and wine to a deserving
family in which I took an interest. I need scarce
say I mean my own.
But the adventures of Treasure Island are not
yet quite at an end. I had written it up to the
map. The map was the chief part of my plot.
For instance, I had called an islet " Skeleton
Island," not knowing what I meant, seeking only
for the immediate picturesque; and it was to jus-
tify this name that I broke into the gallery of
Mr. Poe and stole Flint's pointer. And in the
same way, it was because I had made two harbours
that the Hispaniola was sent on her wanderings
with Israel Hands. The time came when it was
decided to republish, and I sent in my manuscript
and the map along with it to Messrs. Cassell. The
proofs came, they were corrected, but I heard noth-
MY FIRST BOOK xxxi
ing of the map. I wrote and asked; was told it
had never been received, and sat aghast. It is
one thing to draw a map at random, set a scale
in one corner of it at a venture, and write up a
story to the measurements. It is quite another to
have to examine a whole book, make an inventory
of all the allusions contained in it, and with a
pair of compasses painfully design a map to suit
the data. I did it, and the map was drawn again
in my father's office, with embellishments of blow-
ing whales and sailing ships ; and my father himself
brought into service a knack he had of various
writing, and elaborately forged the signature of
Captain Flint and the sailing directions of Billy
Bones. But somehow it was never Treasure Island
to me.
I have said it was the most of the plot. I might
almost say it was the whole. A few reminiscences
of Poe, Defoe, and Washington Irving, a copy of
Johnson's Buccaneers, the name of the Dead Man's
Chest from Kingsley's " At Last," some recollec-
tions of canoeing on the high seas, a cruise in a
fifteen-ton schooner yacht, and the map itself with
its infinite, eloquent suggestion, made up the whole
of my materials. It is perhaps not often that a
map figures so largely in a tale; yet it is always
important. The author must know his countryside,
whether real or imaginary, like his hand ; the dis-
xxxii MY FIRST BOOK
tances, the points of the compass, the place of the
sun's rising, the behaviour of the moon, should all
be beyond cavil. And how troublesome the moon
is ! I have come to grief over the moon in Prince
Otto; and, so soon as that was pointed out to me,
adopted a precaution which I recommend to other
men — I never write now without an almanac.
With an almanac, and the map of the country and
the plan of every house, either actually plotted on
paper or clearly and immediately apprehended in
the mind, a man may hope to avoid some of the
grossest possible blunders. With the map before
him, he will scarce allow the sun to set in the east,
as it does in the Antiquary. With the almanac at
hand, he will scarce allow two horsemen, journey-
ing on the most urgent affair, to employ six days,
from three of the Monday morning till late in the
Saturday night, upon a journey of, say, ninety or
a hundred miles; and before the week is out, and
still on the same nags, to cover fifty in one day,
as he may read at length in the inimitable novel
of Rob Roy. And it is certainly well, though far
from necessary, to avoid such croppers. But it is
my contention — my superstition, if you like —
that he who is faithful to his map, and consults it,
and draws from it his inspiration, daily and hourly,
gains positive support, and not mere negative
immunity from accident. The tale has-a root there ;
MY FIRST BOOK xxxiii
ft grows in that soil; it has a spine of its own
behind the words. Better if the country be real,
and he has walked every foot of it and knows
every milestone. But, even with imaginary places,
he will do well in the beginning to provide a map.
As he studies it, relations will appear that he had
not thought upon. He will discover obvious though
unsuspected short cuts and footpaths for his mes-
sengers; and even when a map is not all the plot,
as it was in Treasure Island, it will be found to be
a mine of suggestion.
ROBERT Louis STEVENSON.
PART 1
THE OLD BUCCANEER
- •-•- ^ .-v
«M$0M)t? ''£
ffi- ••-•";••"* •<f>
1 **^i rrt? j A ^5
• •*) t}!.|
D
CHAPTER I
THE OLD SEA DOG AT THE "ADMIRAL
BENBOW "
SQUIRE TRELAWNEY, Dr. Livesey, and
the rest of these gentlemen having asked
me to write down the whole particulars
about Treasure Island, from the beginning to the
end, keeping nothing back but the bearings of the
island, and that only because there is still treasure
not yet lifted, I take up my pen in the year of
grace 17 — , and go back to the time when my
father kept the " Admiral Benbow " inn, and the
brown old seaman, with the sabre cut, first took
up his lodging under our roof.
I remember him as if it were yesterday, as he
came plodding to the inn door, his sea-chest fol-
lowing behind him in a hand-barrow; a tall,
strong, heavy, nut-brown man; his tarry pigtail
falling over the shoulders of his soiled blue coat;
his hands ragged and scarred, with black, broken
nails; and the sabre cut across one cheek, a dirty,
livid white. 1 remember him looking round the
cove and whistling to himself as he did so, and
.vEASURE ISLAND
.1 breaking out in that old sea-song that he
sang so often afterwards:
"Fifteen men on the dead man's chest —
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum ! "
in the high, old tottering voice that seemed to
have been tuned and broken at the capstan bars.
Then lie rapped on the door with a bit of stick
like a handspike that he carried, and when my
father appeared, called roughly for a glass of rum.
This, when it was brought to him, he drank
slowly, like a connoisseur, lingering on the taste,
and still looking about him at the cliffs and up
at our signboard.
" This is a handy cove," says he, at length ;
" and a pleasant sittyated grog-shop. Much com-
pany, mate ? "
My father told him no, very little company, the
more was the pity.
"Well, then," said he, "this is the berth for
me. Here you, matey," he cried to the man who
trundled the barrow ; " bring up alongside and help
up my chest. I '11 stay here a bit," he continued.
" I 'm a plain man ; rum and bacon and eggs is
what I want, and that head up there for to watch
ships off. What you mought call me? You
mought call me captain. Oh, I see what you 're
at — there;" and he threw down three or four
TREASURE ISLAND 7
gold pieces on the threshold. " You can tell"7-!10
when I 've worked through that," says he, looking
as fierce as a commander.
And, indeed, bad as his clothes were, and
coarsely as he spoke, he had none of the appear-
ance of a man who sailed before the mast; but
seemed like a mate or skipper, accustomed to be
obeyed or to strike. The man who came with
the barrow told us the mail had set him down
the morning before at the " Royal George ; " that
he had inquired what inns there were along the
coast, and hearing ours well spoken of, I suppose,
and described as lonely, had chosen it from the
others for his place of residence. And that was
all we could learn of our guest.
He was a very silent man by custom. All day
he hung round the cove, or upon the cliffs, with
a brass telescope; all evening he sat in a corner
of the parlour next the fire, and drank rum and
water very strong. Mostly he would not speak
when spoken to; only look up sudden and fierce,
and blow through his nose like a fog-horn ; and
we and the people who came about our house
soon learned to let him be. Every day, when he
came back from his stroll, he would ask if any
seafaring men had gone by along the road? At
first we thought it was the want of company of
his own kind that made him ask this question;
.vEASURE ISLAND
at last we began to see he was desirous to
avoid them. When a seaman put up at the
" Admiral Benbow " (as now and then some did,
making by the coast road for Bristol), he would
look in at him through the curtained door before
he entered the parlour; and he was always sure
to be as silent as a mouse when any such was
present. For me, at least, there was no secret
about the matter; for I was, in a way, a sharer
in his alarms. He had taken me aside one day,
and promised me a silver fourpenny on the first
of every month if I would only keep my " weather-
eye open for a seafaring man with one leg," and
let him know the moment he appeared. Often
enough, when the first of the month came round,
and I applied to him for my wage, he would only
blow through his nose at me, and stare me down ;
but before the week was out he was sure to think
better of it, bring me my fourpenny piece, and
repeat his orders to look out for " the seafaring
man with one leg."
How that personage haunted my dreams, I
need scarcely tell you. On stormy nights, when
the wind shook the four corners of the house, and
the surf roared along the cove and up the cliffs,
I would see him in a thousand forms, and with a
thousand diabolical expressions. Now the leg
would be cut off at the knee, now at the hip;
TREASURE ISLAND 7
now he was a monstrous kind of a creature who
had never had but the one leg, and that in the
middle of his body. To see him leap and run
and pursue me over hedge and ditch was the worst
of nightmares. And altogether I paid pretty dear
for my monthly fourpenny piece> in the shape of
these abominable fancies.
But though I was so terrified by the idea of the
seafaring man with one leg, I was far less afraid
of the captain himself than anybody else who
knew him. There were nights when he took a
deal more rum and water than his head would
carry; and then he would sometimes sit and sing
his wicked, old, wild sea-songs, minding nobody;
but sometimes he would call for glasses round,
and force all the trembling company to listen to
his stories or bear a chorus to his singing. Often
I have heard the house shaking with " Yo-ho-ho,
and a bottle of rum ; " all the neighbours joining
in for dear life, with the fear of death upon them,
and each singing louder than the other, to avoid
remark. For in these fits he was the most over-
riding companion ever known; he would slap
his hand on the table for silence all round; he
would fly up in a passion of anger at a question,
or sometimes because none was put, and so he
judged the company was not following his story.
Nor would he allow any one to leave the inn
8 TREASURE ISLAND
till he had drunk himself sleepy and reeled off
to bed.
His stories were what frightened people worst
of all. Dreadful stories they were; about hang-
ing, and walking the plank, and storms at sea,
and the Dry Tortugas, and wild deeds and places
on the Spanish Main. By his own account he
must have lived his life among some of the
wickedest men that God ever allowed upon the
sea; and the language in which he told these
stories shocked our plain country people almost
as much as the crimes that he described. My
father was always saying the inn would be ruined,
for people would soon cease coming there to be
tyrannised over and put down, and sent shiver-
ing to their beds; but I really believe his pres-
ence did us good. People were frightened at
the time, but on looking back they rather liked
it; it was a fine excitement in a quiet country
life; and there was even a party of the younger
men who pretended to admire him, calling him
a " true sea-dog," and a " real old salt," and such
like names, and saying there was the sort of man
that made England terrible at sea.
In one way, indeed, he bade fair to ruin us;
for he kept on staying week after week, and at
last month after month, so that all the money
had been long exhausted, and still my father never
TREASURE ISLAND 9
plucked up the heart to insist on having more. If
ever he mentioned it, the captain blew through
his nose so loudly, that you might say he roared,
and stared my poor father out of the room. I
have seen him wringing his hands after such a
rebuff, and I am sure the annoyance and the terror
he lived in must have greatly hastened his early
and unhappy death.
All the time he lived with us the captain made
no change whatever in his dress but to buy some
stockings from a hawker. One of the cocks of his
hat having fallen down, he let it hang from that
day forth, though it was a great annoyance when
it blew. I remember the appearance of his coat,
which he patched himself up-stairs in his room,
and which, before the end, was nothing but patches.
He never wrote or received a letter, and he never
spoke with any but the neighbours, and with these,
for the most part, only when drunk on rum. The
great sea-chest none of us had ever seen open.
He was only once crossed, and that was towards
the end, when my poor father was far gone in a
decline that took him off. Dr. Livesey came late
one afternoon to see the patient, took a bit of
dinner from my mother, and went into the parlour
to smoke a pipe until his horse should come down
from the hamlet, for we had no stabling at the old
" Benbow." I followed him in, and I remember
10 TREASURE ISLAND
observing the contrast the neat, bright doctor, with
his powder as white as snow, and his bright, black
eyes and pleasant manners, made with the coltish
country folk, and above all, with that filthy, heavy,
bleared scarecrow of a pirate of ours, sitting far
gone in rum, with his arms on the table. Suddenly
he — the captain, that is — began to pipe up his
eternal song:
" Fifteen men on the dead man's chest —
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum !
Drink and the devil had done for the rest —
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum ! "
At first I had supposed " the dead man's chest "
to be that identical big box of his up-stairs in the
front room, and the thought had been mingled in
my nightmares with that of the one-legged sea-
faring man. But by this time we had all long
ceased to pay any particular notice to the song; it
was new, that night, to nobody but Dr. Livesey,
and on him I observed it did not produce an agree-
able effect, for he looked up for a moment quite
angrily before he went on with his talk to old
Taylor, the gardener, on a new cure for the rheu-
matics. In the meantime, the captain gradually
brightened up at his own music, and at last flapped
his hand upon the table before him in a way we
all knew to mean — silence. The voices stopped at
once, all but Dr. Livesey's; he went en as before,
TREASURE ISLAND n
speaking clear and kind, and drawing briskly at
his pipe between every word or two. The captain
glared at him for awhile, flapped his hand again,
glared still harder, and at last broke out with a
villainous, low oath : " Silence, there, between
decks!"
" Were you addressing me, sir ? " says the doc-
tor; and when the ruffian had told him, with
another oath, that this was so, "I have only one
thing to say to you, sir," replies the doctor, " that
if you keep on drinking rum, the world will soon
be quit of a very dirty scoundrel ! "
The old fellow's fury was awful. He sprang to
his feet, drew and opened a sailor's clasp-knife,
and, balancing it open on the palm of his hand,
threatened to pin the doctor to the wall.
The doctor never so much as moved. He spoke
to him, as before, over his shoulder, and in the
same tone of voice; rather high, so that all the
room might hear, but perfectly calm and steady:
" If you do not put that knife this instant in
your pocket, I promise, upon my honour, you shall
hang at the next assizes."
Then followed a battle of looks between them;
but the captain soon knuckled under, put up his
weapon, and resumed his seat, grumbling like a
beaten dog.
" And now, sir," continued the doctor, " since I
12 TREASURE ISLAND
now know there 's such a fellow in my district, you
may count I '11 have an eye upon you day and
night. I 'm not a doctor only ; I 'm a magistrate ;
and if I catch a breath of complaint against you,
if it 's only for a piece of incivility like to-night's,
I '11 take effectual means to have you hunted down
and routed out of this. Let that suffice."
Soon after Dr. Livesey's horse came to the door,
and he rode away; but the captain held his peace
that evening, and for many evenings to come.
.
CHAPTER II
BLACK DOG APPEARS AND DISAPPEARS
IT was not very long after this that there
occurred the first of the mysterious events
that rid us at last of the captain, though not,
as you will see, of his affairs. It was a bitter cold
winter, with long, hard frosts 'and heavy gales;
and it was plain from the first that my poor father
was little likely to see the spring. He sank daily,
and my mother and I had all the inn upon our
hands; and were kept busy enough, without pay-
ing much regard to our unpleasant guest.
It was one January morning, very early — a
pinching, frosty morning — the cove all grey with
hoar-frost, the ripple lapping softly on the stones,
the sun still low and only touching the hilltops and
shining far to seaward. The captain had risen
earlier than usual, and set out down the beach, his
cutlass swinging under the broad skirts of the old
blue coat, his brass telescope under his arm, his hat
tilted back upon his head. I remember his breath
hanging like smoke in his wake as he strode off,
and the last sound I heard of him, as he turned the
i4 TREASURE ISLAND
big rock, was a loud snort of indignation, as though
his mind was still running upon Dr. Livesey.
Well, mother 'was up-stairs with father ; and I
was laying the breakfast-table against the captain's
return, when the parlour door opened, and a man
stepped in on whom I had never set my eyes before.
He was a pale, tallowy creature, wanting two
fingers of the left hand; and, though he wore a
cutlass, he did not look much like a fighter. I had
always my eye open for seafaring men, with one
leg or two, and I remember this one puzzled me.
He was not sailorly, and yet he had a smack of
the sea about him too.
I asked him what was for his service, and he said
he would take rum ; but as I was going out of the
room to fetch it he sat down upon a table, and
motioned me to draw near. I paused where I was,
with my napkin in my hand.
" Come here, sonny/' says he. " Come nearer
here."
I took a step nearer.
" Is this here table for my mate Bill ? " he asked,
with a kind of leer.
I told him I did not know his mate Bill : and this
was for a person who stayed in our house, whom
we called the captain.
" Well," said he, " my mate Bill would be called
the captain, as like as not. He has a cut on one
TREASURE ISLAND 15
cheek, and a mighty pleasant way with him, par-
ticularly in drink, has my mate Bill. We '11 put
it, for argument like, that your captain has a cut
on one cheek — and we '11 put it, if you like, that
that cheek 's the right one. Ah, well ! I told you.
Now, is my mate Bill in this here house? "
I told him he was out walking.
" Which way, sonny? Which way is he gone? "
And when I had pointed out the rock and told
him how the captain was likely to return, and how
soon, and answered a few other questions, " Ah,"
said he, " this '11 be as good as drink to my mate
Bill."
The expression of his face as he said these words
was not at all pleasant, and I had my own reasons
for thinking that the stranger was mistaken, even
supposing he meant what he said. But it was no
affair of mine, I thought; and, besides, it was
difficult to know what to do. The stranger kept
hanging about $ust inside the inn door, peering
round the corner like a cat waiting for a mouse.
Once I stepped out myself into the road, but he
immediately called me back, and, as I did not obey
quick enough for his fancy, a most horrible change
came over his tallowy face, and he ordered me in,
with an oath that made me jump. As soon as I
was back again he returned to his former manner,
half fawning, half sneering, patted me on the
16 TREASURE ISLAND
shoulder, told me I was a good boy, and he had
taken quite a fancy to me. " I have a son of my
own," said he, " as like you as two blocks, and he 's
all the pride of my 'art. But the great thing for
boys is discipline, sonny — discipline. Now, if
you had sailed along of Bill, you would n't have
stood there to be spoke to twice — not you. That
was never Bill's way, nor the way of sich as sailed
with him. And here, sure enough, is my mate Bill,
with a spy-glass under his arm, bless his old 'art,
to be sure. You and me '11 just go back into the
parlour, sonny, and get behind the door, and we '11
give Bill a little surprise — bless his 'art, I say
again."
So saying, the stranger backed along with me
into the parlour, and put me behind him in the
corner, so that we were both hidden by the open
door. I was very uneasy and alarmed, as you may
fancy, and it rather added to my fears to observe
that the stranger was certainly frightened himself.
He cleared the hilt of his cutlass and loosened the
blade in the sheath ; and all the time we were wait-
ing there he kept swallowing as if he felt what we
used to call a lump in the throat.
At last in strode the captain, slammed the door
behind him, without looking to the right or left,
and marched straight across the room to where his
breakfast awaited him.
TREASURE ISLAND 17
" Bill," said the stranger, in ? voice that I
thought he had tried to make bold ,and big.
The captain spun round on his heel and fronted
us; all the brown had gone out of his face, and
even his nose was blue ; he had the look of a man
who sees a ghost, or the evil onCj or something
worse, if anything can be; and, upon my word, I
felt sorry to see him, all in a moment, turn so old
and sick.
"Come, Bill, you know me; you know an old
shipmate, Bill, surely," said the stranger.
The captain made a sort of gasp.
"Black Dog!" said he.
"And who else?" returned the other, getting
more at his ease. " Black Dog as ever was, come
for to see his old shipmate Billy, at the ' Admiral
Benbow ' inn. Ah, Bill, Bill, we have seen a sight
of times, us two, since I lost them two talons,"
holding up his mutilated hand.
" Now, look here," said the captain ; " you Ve
run me down; here I am; well, then, speak up:
what is it?"
"That's you, Bill," returned Black Dog,
"you 're in the right of it, Billy. I '11 have a glass
of rum from this dear child here, as I Ve took such
a liking to; and we '11 sit down, if you please, and
talk square, like old shipmates."
When I returned with the rum, they were
VOL. VI. — 2
i8
already seated on either side of the captain's
breakfast-table — Black Dog next to the door,
and sitting sideways, so as to have one eye on
his old shipmate, and one, as I thought, on his
retreat.
He bade me go, and leave the door wide open.
" None of your keyholes for me, sonny," he said ;
and I left them together, and retired into the
bar.
For a long time, though I certainly did my best
to listen, I could hear nothing but a low gabbling;
but at last the voices began to grow higher, and I
could pick up a word or two, mostly oaths, from
the captain.
" No, no, no, no ; and an end of it ! " he cried
once. And again, " If it comes to swinging, swing
all, say I."
Then all of a sudden there was a tremendous
explosion of oaths and other noises — the chair and
table went over in a lump, a clash of steel followed,
and then a cry of pain, and the next instant I saw
Black Dog in full flight, and the captain hotly
pursuing, both with drawn cutlasses, and the
former streaming blood from the left shoulder.
Just at the door, the captain aimed at the fugitive
one last tremendous cut, which would certainly
have split him to the chine had it not been inter-
cepted by our big signboard of Admiral Benbow
TREASURE ISLAND 19
You may see the notch on the lower side of the
frame to this day.
That blow was the last of the battle. Once
out upon the road, Black Dog, in spite of his
wound, showed a wonderful clean pair of heels,
and disappeared over the edge of the hill in half
a minute. The captain, for his part, stood staring
at the signboard like a bewildered man. Then
he passed his hand over his eyes several times,
and at last turned back into the house.
"Jim," says he, "rum;" and as he spoke, he
reeled a little, and caught himself with one hand
against the wall.
" Are you hurt ? " cried I.
" Rum," he repeated. " I must get away from
here. Rum ! rum ! "
I ran to fetch it; but I was quite unsteadied
by all that had fallen out, and I broke one glass
and fouled the tap, and while I was still getting
in my own way, I heard a loud fall in the parlour,
and, running in, beheld the captain lying full length
upon the floor. At the same instant my mother,
alarmed by the cries and fighting, came running
down-stairs to help me. Between us we raised
his head. He was breathing very loud and hard;
but his eyes were closed, and his face a horrible
colour.
" Dear, deary me," cried my mother, " what
20 TREASURE ISLAND
a disgrace upon the house ! And your poor father
sick!"
In the meantime, we had no idea what to do
to help the captain, nor any other thought but
that he had got his death-hurt in the scuffle with
the stranger. I got the rum, to be sure, and tried
to put it down his throat; but his teeth were
tightly shut, and his jaws as strong as iron. It
was a happy relief for us when the door opened
and Dr. Livesey came in, on his visit to my
father.
"Oh, doctor," we cried, "what shall we do?
Where is he wounded?"
"Wounded? A fiddle-stick's end!" said the
doc-tor. " No more wounded than you or I. The
man has had a stroke, as I warned him. Now,
Mrs. Hawkins, just you run up-stairs to your
husband, and tell him, if possible, nothing about
it. For my part, I must do my best to save this
fellow's trebly worthless life; and, Jim, you get
me a basin."
When I got back with the basin, the doctor
had already ripped up the captain's sleeve, and
exposed his great sinewy arm. It was tattooed
in several places. " Here 's luck," " A fair wind,"
and " Billy Bones his fancy," were very neatly
and clearly executed on the forearm ; and up near
the shoulder there was a sketch of a^ gallows and
TREASURE ISLAND 21
a man hanging from it — done, as I thought, with
great spirit.
" Prophetic," said the doctor, touching this
picture with his finger. " And now, Master Billy
Bones, if that be your name, we '11 have a look
at the colour of your blood. Jim," he said, " are
you afraid of blood ? "
" No, sir," said I.
"Well, then," said he, "you hold the basin;"
and with that he took his lancet and opened a
vein.
A great deal of blood was taken before the
captain opened his eyes and looked mistily about
him. First he recognised the doctor with an un-
mistakable frown; then his glance fell upon me,
and he looked relieved. But suddenly his colour
changed, and he tried to raise himself, crying:
"Where's Black Dog?"
" There is no Black Dog here," said the doctor,
" except what you have on your own back. You
have been drinking rum; you have had a stroke,
precisely as I told you; and I have just, very
much against my own will, dragged you head-fore-
most out of the grave. Now, Mr. Bones "
" That 's not my name," he interrupted.
" Much I care," returned the doctor. " It 's
the name of a buccaneer of my acquaintance ; and
I call you by it for the sake of shortness, and.
22 TREASURE ISLAND
what I have to say to you is this : one glass of
rum won't kill you, but if you take one you '11
take another and another, and I stake my wig if
you don't break off short, you '11 die — do you
understand that ? — die, and go to your own place,
like the man in the Bible. Come, now, make an
effort. I '11 help you to your bed for once."
Between us, with much trouble, we managed to
hoist him up-stairs, and laid him on his bed,
where his head fell back on the pillow, as if he
were almost fainting.
" Now, mind you," said the doctor, " I clear
my conscience — the name of rum for you is
death."
And with that he went off to see my father,
taking me with him by the arm.
" This is nothing," he said, as soon as he had
closed the door. " I have drawn blood enough
to keep him quiet awhile; he should lie for a
week where he is — that is the best thing for him
and you; but another stroke would settle him."
iy
CHAPTER III
THE BLACK SPOT
A" OUT noon I stopped at the captain's door
with some cooling drinks and medicines.
He was lying very much as we had left
him, only a little higher, and he seemed both
weak and excited.
" Jim," he said, " you 're the only one here
that 's worth anything ; and you know I 've been
always good to you. Never a month but I 've
given you a silver fourpenny for yourself. And
now you see, mate, I 'm pretty low, and deserted
by all ; and, Jim, you '11 bring me one noggin of
rum, now, won't you, matey ? "
" The doctor " I began.
But he broke in, cursing the doctor in a feeble
voice, but heartily. " Doctors is all swabs," he
said ; " and that doctor there, why, what do he
know about seafaring men? I been in places hot
as pitch, and mates dropping round with Yellow
Jack, and the blessed land a-heaving like the sea
with earthquakes — what do the doctor know of
lands like that? — and I livjedtqn rjum, I tell you.
"
22 TREASURE ISLAND
wh 's been meat and drink, and man and wife, to
rme; and if I 'm not to have my rum now I 'm a
poor old hulk on a lee shore, my blood '11 be on
you, Jim, and that doctor swab;" and he ran on
again for awhile with curses. " Look, Jim, how
my fingers ridges," he continued, in the pleading
tone. " I can't keep 'em still, not I. I have n't
had a drop this blessed day. That doctor 's a
fool, I tell you. If I don't have a drain o' rum,
Jim, I '11 have the horrors ; I seen some on 'em
already. I seen old Flint in the corner there, be-
hind you; as plain as print, I seen him; and if
I get the horrors, I 'm a man that has lived rough,
and I '11 raise Cain. Your doctor hisself said one
glass would n't hurt me. I '11 give you a golden
guinea for a noggin, Jim."
He was growing more and more excited, and
this alarmed me for my father, who was very
low that day, and needed quiet; besides, I was
reassured by the doctor's words, now quoted
to me, and rather offended by the offer of a
bribe.
" I want none of your money," said I, " but
what you owe my father. I '11 get you one glass,
and no more."
When I brought it to him, he seized it greedily,
and drank it out.
" Ay, ay," said he, " that 's some- better, sure
TREASURE ISLAND 25
enough. And now, matey, did that doctor say
how long I was to lie here in this old berth ? "
" A week at least," said I.
" Thunder ! " he cried. " A week ! I can't do
that ; they 'd have the black spot on me by then.
The lubbers is going about to get the wind of
me this blessed moment ; lubbers as could n't keep
what they got, and want to nail what is another's.
Is that seamanly behaviour, now, I want to know ?
But I 'm a saving soul. I never wasted good
money of mine, nor lost it neither ; and I '11 trick
'em again. I 'm not afraid on 'em. I '11 shake
out another reef, matey, and daddle 'em again."
As he was thus speaking, he had risen from
bed with great difficulty, holding to my shoulder
with a grip that almost made me cry out, and
moving his legs like so much dead weight. His
words, spirited as they were in meaning, con-
trasted sadly with the weakness of the voice in
which they were uttered. He paused when he
had got into a sitting position on the edge.
" That doctor 's done me," he murmured. " My
ears is singing. Lay me back."
Before I could do much to help him he had
fallen back again to his former place, where he
lay for awhile silent.
" Jim," he said, at length, " you saw that sea-
faring man to-day?"
26 TREASURE ISLAND
"Black Dog?" I asked.
"Ah! Black Dog," says he. "He's a bad
' un ; but there 's worse that put him on. Now,
if I can't get away nohow, and they tip me the
black spot, mind you, it 's my old sea-chest
they're after; you get on a horse — you can,
can't you? Well, then, you get on a horse, and
go to — well, yes, I will ! — to that eternal doctor
swab, and tell him to pipe all hands — magistrates
and sich — and he '11 lay 'em aboard at the ' Ad-
miral Benbow ' — all old Flint's crew, man and
boy, all on 'em that 's left. I was first mate, I
was, old Flint's first mate, and I 'm the on'y one
as knows the place. He gave it me at Savannah,
when he lay a-dying, like as if I was to now, you
see. But you won't peach unless they get the
black spot on me, or unless you see that Black
Dog again, or a seafaring man with one leg, Jim
— him above all."
" But what is the black spot, captain? " I asked.
" That 's a summons, mate. I '11 tell you if
they get that. But you keep your weather-eye
open, Jim, and I '11 share with you equals, upon
my honour."
He wandered a little longer, his voice growing
weaker; but soon after I had given him his
medicine, which he took like a child, with the re-
mark, " If ever a seaman wanted drags, it 's me,"
TREASURE ISLAND 27
he fell at last into a heavy, swoon-like sleep, in
which I left him. What I should have done had
all gone well I do not know. Probably I should,
have told the whole story to the doctor; for I
was in mortal fear lest the captain should repent
of his confessions and make an end of me. But
as things fell out, my poor father died quite sud-
denly that evening, which put all other matters
on one side. Our natural distress, the visits of
the neighbours, the arranging of the funeral, and
all the work of the inn to be carried on in the
meanwhile, kept me so busy that 'I had scarcely
time to think of the captain, far less to be afraid
of him.
He got down-stairs next morning, to be sure,
and had his meals as usual, though he ate little,
and had more, I am afraid, than his usual supply
of rum, for he helped himself out of the bar,
scowling and blowing through his nose, and no
one dared to cross him. On the night before the
funeral he was as drunk as ever; and it was
shocking, in that house of mourning, to hear him
singing away at his ugly old sea-song; but, weak
as he was, we were all in the fear of death for
him, and the doctor was suddenly taken up with
a case many miles away, and was never near the
house after my father's death. I have said the
captain was weak; and indeed he seemed rather
?8 TREASURE ISLAND
to grow weaker than regain his strength. He
clambered up and down stairs, and went from the
parlour to the bar and back again, and sometimes
put his nose out of doors to smell the sea, holding
on to the walls as he went for support, and
breathing hard and fast like a man on a steep
mountain. He never particularly addressed me,
and it is my belief he had as good as forgotten
his confidences; but his temper was more flighty,
and, allowing for his bodily weakness, more vio-
lent than ever. He had an alarming way now
when he was drunk of drawing his cutlass and
laying it bare before him on the table. But. with
all that, he minded people less, and seemed shut
up in his own thoughts and rather wandering.
Once, for instance, to our extreme wonder, he
piped up to a different air, a kind of country
love-song, that he must have learned in his youth
before he had begun to follow the sea.
So things passed until, the day after the funeral,
and about three o'clock of a bitter, foggy, frosty
afternoon, I was standing at the door for a mo-
ment, full of sad thoughts about my father, when
I saw some one drawing slowly near along the
road. He was plainly blind, for he tapped before
him with a stick, and wore a great green shade
over his eyes and nose; and he was hunched, as
if with age or weakness, and wore^ a huge old
TREASURE ISLAND 29
tattered sea-cloak with a hood, that made him
appear positively deformed. I never saw in my
life a more dreadful looking figure. He stopped
a little from the inn, and, raising his voice in an
odd sing-song, addressed the air in front of him:
" Will any kind friend inform a poor blind
man, who has lost the precious sight of his eyes
in the gracious defence of his native country, Eng-
land, and God bless King George ! — where or in
what part of this country he may now be?"
" You are at the ' Admiral Benbow/ Black Hill
Cove, my good man," said I.
" I hear a voice," said he — "a young voice.
Will you give me your hand, my kind young
friend, and lead me in ? "
I held out my hand, and the horrible, soft-
spoken, eyeless creature gripped it in a moment
like a vice. I was so much startled that I
struggled to withdraw; but the blind man pulled
me close up to him with a single action of his
arm.
" Now, boy," he said, " take me in to the
captain."
" Sir," said I, " upon my word I dare not."
"Oh," he sneered, "that's it! Take me in
straight, or I '11 break your arm."
Arid he gave it, as he spoke, a wrench that
made me cry out.
30 TREASURE ISLAND
" Sir," said I, " it is for yourself I mean. The
captain is not what he used to be. He sits with
a drawn cutlass. Another gentleman "
" Come, now, march," interrupted he ; and I
never heard a voice so cruel, and cold, and ugly
as that blind man's. It cowed me more than the
pain; and I began to obey him at once, walking
straight in at the door and towards the parlour,
where our sick old buccaneer was sitting, dazed
with rum. The blind man clung close to me,
holding me in one iron fist, and leaning almost
more of his weight on me than I could carry.
" Lead me straight up to him, and when I 'm in
view, cry out, ' Here 's a friend for you, Bill.'
If you don't, I '11 do this; " and with that he gave
me a twitch that I thought would have made me
faint. Between this and that, I was so utterly
terrified of the blind beggar that I forgot my
terror of the captain, and as I opened the parlour
door, cried out the words he had ordered in a
trembling voice.
The poor captain raised his eyes, and at one
look the rum went out of him, and left him star-
ing sober. The expression of his face was not so
much of terror as of mortal sickness. He made
a movement to rise, but I do not believe he had
enough force left in his body.
"Now, Bill, sit where you are/'^aid the beg-
TREASURE ISLAND 31
gar. " If I can't see, I can hear a finger stirring.
Business is business. Hold out your left hand.
Boy, take his left hand by the wrist, and bring
it near to my right."
We both obeyed him to the letter, and I saw
him pass something from the hollow of the hand
that held his stick into the palm of the captain's,
which closed upon it instantly.
"And now that's done," said the blind man;
and at the words he suddenly left hold of me,
and with incredible accuracy and nimbleness,
skipped out of the parlour and into the road,
where, as I still stood motionless, I could hear
his stick go tap-tap-tapping into the distance.
It was some time before either I or the captain
seemed to gather our senses; but at length, and
about at the same moment, I released his wrist,
which I was still holding, and he drew in his
hand and looked sharply into the palm.
" Ten o'clock ! " he cried. " Six hours. We '11
do them yet ; " and he sprang to his feet.
Even as he did so, he reeled, put his hand to
his throat, stood swaying for a moment, and then,
with a peculiar sound, fell from his whole height
face foremost to the floor.
I ran to him at once, calling to my mother.
But haste was all in vain. The captain had been
struck dead by thundering apoplexy. It is a curi-
32 TREASURE ISLAND
ous thing to understand, for I had certainly never
liked the man, though of late I had begun to pity
him, but as soon as I saw that he was dead, I
burst into a flood of tears. It was the second
death I had known, and the sorrow of the first
was still fresh in my heart.
CHAPTER IV
THE SEA-CHEST
I LOST no time, of course, in telling my
mother all that I knew, and perhaps should
have told her long before, and we saw our-
selves at once in a difficult and dangerous posi-
tion. Some of the man's money — if he had any
— was certainly due to us; but it was not likely
that our captain's shipmates, above all the two
specimens seen by me, Black Dog and the blind
beggar, would be inclined to give up their booty
in payment of the dead man's debts. The cap-
tain's order to mount at once and ride for Dr.
Livesey would have left my mother alone and
unprotected, which was not to be thought of.
Indeed, it seemed impossible for either of us to
remain much longer in the house: the fall of
coals in the kitchen grate, the very ticking of the
clock, filled us with alarms. The neighbourhood,
to our ears, seemed haunted by approaching foot-
steps; and what between the dead body of the
captain on the parlour floor, and the thought of
that detestable blind beggar hovering near at hand,
VOL. vr. — 3
34 TREASURE ISLAND
and ready to return, there were moments when,
as the saying goes, I jumped in my skin for
terror. Something must speedily be resolved
upon; and it occurred to us at last to go forth
together and seek help in the neighbouring ham-
let. No sooner said than done. Bareheaded as
we were, we ran out at once in the gathering
evening and the frosty "fog.
The hamlet lay not many hundred yards away,
though out of view, on the other side of the next
cove; and what greatly encouraged me, it was in
an opposite direction from that whence the blind
man had made his appearance, and whither he
had presumably returned. We were not many
minutes on the road, though we sometimes stopped
to lay hold of each other and hearken. But there
was no unusual sound — nothing but the low wash
of the ripple and the croaking of the inmates of
the wood.
It was already candle-light when we reached
the hamlet, and I shall never forget how much I
was cheered to see the yellow shine in doors and
windows; but that, as it proved, was the best of
the help we were likely to get in that quarter.
For — you would have thought men would have
been ashamed of themselves — no soul would con-
sent to return with us to the " Admiral Ben-
bow." The more we told of our -troubles, the
TREASURE ISLAND 35
more — man, woman, and child — they clung to.
the shelter of their houses. The name of Cap-
tain Flint, though it was strange to me, was
well enough known to some there, and carried
a great weight of terror. Some of the men
who had been to field-work on the far side of
the " Admiral Benbow " remembered, besides, to
have seen several strangers on the road, and,
taking them to be smugglers, to have bolted
away; and one at least had seen a little lugger
in what we called Kitt's Hole. For that matter,
any one who was a comrade of the captain's
was enough to frighten them to death. And the
short and the long of the matter was, that while
we could get several who were willing enough
to ride to Dr. Livesey's, which lay in another
direction, not one would help us to defend the
inn.
They say cowardice is infectious; but then
argument is, on the other hand, a great embold-
ener; and so when each had said his say, my
mother made them a speech. She would not, she
declared, lose money that belonged to her father-
less boy; "if none of the rest of you dare," she
said, " Jim and I dare. Back we will go, the
way we came, and small thanks to you big, hulk-
ing, chicken-hearted men. We '11 have that chest
open, if we die for it. And I '11 thank you for
36 TREASURE ISLAND
that bag, Mrs. Crossley, to bring back our lawful
money in."
Of course I said I would go with my mother;
and of course they all cried out at our foolhardi-
ness; but even then not a man would go along
with us. All they would do was to give me
a loaded pistol, lest we were attacked; and to
promise to have horses ready saddled, in case we
were pursued on our return; while one lad was
to ride forward to the doctor's in search of armed
assistance.
My heart was beating finely when we two set
forth in the cold night upon this dangerous ven-
ture. A full moon was beginning to rise and
peered redly through the upper edges of the fog,
and this increased our haste, for it was plain, be-
fore we came forth again, that all would be as
bright as day, and our departure exposed to the
eyes of any watchers. We slipped along the
hedges, noiseless and swift, nor did we see or
hear anything to increase our terrors, till, to our
relief, the door of the " Admiral Benbow " had
closed behind us.
I slipped the bolt at once, and we stood and
panted for a moment in the dark, alone in the
house with the dead captain's body. Then my
mother got a candle in the bar, and, holding each
other's hands, we advanced into the ^parlour. He
TREASURE ISLAND 37
lay as we had left him, on his back, with his eyes
open, and one arm stretched out.
" Draw down the blind, Jim," whispered my
mother ; " they might come and watch outside.
And now," said she, when I had done so, " we
have to get the key off that; and who 's to touch
it, I should like to know ! " and she gave a kind
of sob as she said the words.
I went . down on my knees at once. On the
floor close to his hand there was a little round
of paper, blackened on the one side. I could not
doubt that this was the black spot; and taking
it up, I found written on the other side, in a very
good, clear hand, this short message : " You have
till ten to-night."
" He had till ten, mother," said I ; and just as
I said it, our old clock began striking. This sud-
den noise startled us shockingly; but the news
was good, for it was only six.
" Now, Jim," she said, " that key."
I felt in his pockets, one after another. A few
small coins, a thimble, and some thread and big
needles, a piece of pigtail tobacco bitten away at
the end, his gully with the crooked handle, a
pocket compass, and a tinder-box, were all that
they contained, and I began to despair.
" Perhaps it 's round his neck," suggested my
mother.
3 8 TREASURE ISLAND
Overcoming a strong repugnance, I tore open
his shirt at the neck, and there, sure enough,
hanging to a bit of tarry string, which I cut with
his own gully, we found the key. At this tri-
umph we were filled with hope, and hurried up-
stairs, without delay, to the little room where he
had slept so long, and where his box had stood
since the day of his arrival.
It was like any other seaman's chest on the
outside, the initial " B." burned on the top of it
with a hot iron, and the corners somewhat smashed
and broken as by long, rough usage.
"Give me the key," said my mother; and
though the lock was very stiff, she had turned it
and thrown back the lid in a twinkling.
A strong smell of tobacco and tar rose from
the interior, but nothing was to be seen on the
top except a suit of very good clothes, care-
fully brushed and folded. They had never been
worn, my mother said. Under that, the miscel-
lany began — a quadrant, a tin canikin, several
sticks of tobacco, two brace of very handsome
pistols, a piece of bar silver, an old Spanish
watch and some other trinkets of little value
and mostly of foreign make, a pair of com-
passes mounted with brass, and five or six curi-
ous West Indian shells. I have often wondered
since why he should have carried- about these
TREASURE ISLAND 39
shells with him in his wandering, guilty, and
hunted life.
In the meantime, we had found nothing of any
value but the silver and the trinkets, and neither
of these were in our way. Underneath there was
an old boat-cloak, whitened with sea-salt on many
a harbour-bar. My mother pulled it up with im-
patience, and there lay before us, the last things
in the chest, a bundle tied up in oilcloth, and
looking like papers, and a canvas bag, that gave
forth, at a touch, the jingle of gold.
" I '11 show these rogues that I 'm an honest
woman," said my mother. " I '11 have my dues,
and not a farthing over. Hold Mrs. Crossley's
bag." And she began to count over the amount
of the captain's score from the sailor's bag into
the one that I was holding.
It was a long, difficult business, for the coins
were of all countries and sizes — doubloons, and
louis-d'ors, and guineas, and pieces of eight, and
I know not what besides, all shaken together at ran-
dom. The guineas, too, were about the scarcest,
and it was with these only that my mother knew
how to make her count.
When we were about half-way through, I sud-
denly put my hand upon her arm; for I had
heard in the silent, frosty air, a sound that brought
my heart into my mouth — the tap-tapping of the
4o TREASURE ISLAND
blind man's stick upon the frozen road. It drew
nearer and nearer, while we sat holding our
breath. Then it struck sharp on the inn door,
and then we could hear the handle being turned,
and the bolt rattling as the wretched being tried
to enter; and then there was a long time of
silence both within and without. At last the tap-
ping re-commenced, and, to our indescribable joy
and gratitude, died slowly away again until it
ceased to be heard.
" Mother," said I, " take the whole and let 's
be going;" for I was sure the bolted door must
have seemed suspicious, and would bring the
whole hornet's nest about our ears; though how
thankful I was that I had bolted it, none could
tell who had never met that terrible blind
man.
But my mother, frightened as she was, would
not consent to take a fraction more than was due
to her, and was obstinately unwilling to be con-
tent with less. It was not yet seven, she said,
by a long way; she knew her rights and she
would have them; and she was still arguing with
me, when a little low whistle sounded a good
way off upon the hill. That was enough, and
more than enough, for both of us.
" I '11 take what I have," she said, jumping to
her feet.
TREASURE ISLAND 41
" And I '11 take this to square the count," said
I, picking up the oilskin packet.
Next moment we were both groping down-
stairs, leaving the candle by the empty chest;
and the next we had opened the door and were
in full retreat. We had not started a moment
too soon. The fog was rapidly dispersing; al-
ready the moon shone quite clear on the high
ground on either side; and it was only in the
exact bottom of the dell and round the tavern
door that a thin veil still hung unbroken to con-
ceal the first steps of our escape. Far less than
half-way to the hamlet, very little beyond the
bottom of the hill, we must come forth into the
moonlight. Nor was this all; for the sound of
several footsteps running came already to our
ears, and as we looked back in their direction, a
light tossing to and fro and still rapidly advanc-
ing, showed that one of the new-comers carried
a lantern.
" My dear," said my mother suddenly, " take
the money and run on. I am going to faint."
This was certainly the end for both of us, I
thought. How I cursed the cowardice of the
neighbours; how I blamed my poor mother for
her honesty and her greed, for her past foolhardi-
ness and present weakness! We were just at the
little bridge, by good fortune; and I helped her,
42 TREASURE ISLAND
tottering as she was, to the edge of the bank,
where, sure enough, she gave a sigh and fell on
my shoulder. I do not know how I found the
strength to do it at all, and I am afraid it was
roughly done; but I managed to drag her down
the bank and a little way under the arch. Far-
ther I could not move her, for the bridge was
too low to let me do more than crawl below it.
So there we had to stay — my mother almost
entirely exposed, and both of us within earshot
of the inn.
CHAPTER V
THE LAST OF THE BLIND MAN
MY curiosity, in a sense, was stronger
than my fear; for I could not remain
where I was, but crept back to the
bank again, whence, sheltering my head behind a
bush of broom, I might command the road before
our door. I was scarcely in position ere my ene-
mies began to arrive, seven or eight of them,
running hard,, their feet beating out of time along
the road, and the man with the lantern some paces
in front. Three men ran together, hand in hand;
and I made out, even through the mist, that the
middle man of this trio was the blind beggar.
The next moment his voice showed me that I was
right.
" Down with the door ! " he cried.
"Ay, ay, sir!" answered two or three; and
a rush was made upon the " Admiral Benbow,"
the lantern-bearer following; and then I could
see them pause, and hear speeches passed in a
lower key, as if they were surprised to find the
door open. But the pause was brief, for the
44 TREASURE ISLAND
blind man again issued his commands. His voice
sounded louder and higher, as if he were afire
with eagerness and rage.
" In, in, in ! " he shouted, and cursed them for
their delay.
Four or five of them obeyed at once, two re-
maining on the road with the formidable beggar.
There was a pause, then a cry of surprise, and
then a voice shouting from the house:
" Bill 's dead."
But the blind man swore at them again for their
delay.
" Search him, some of you shirking lubbers,
and the rest of you aloft and get the chest," he
cried.
I could hear their feet rattling up our old
stairs, so that the house must have shook with it.
Promptly afterwards, fresh sounds of astonish-
ment arose; the window of the captain's room
was thrown open with a slam and a jingle of
broken glass; and a man leaned out into the
moonlight, head and shoulders, and addressed
the blind beggar on the road below him.
" Pew," he cried, " they 've been before us.
Some one 's turned the chest out alow and aloft."
"Is it there?" roared Pew.
"The money's there."
The blind man cursed the money".
TREASURE ISLAND 45
" Flint's fist, I mean," he cried.
" We don't see it here nohow," returned the
man.
" Here, you below there, is it on Bill ? " cried
the blind man again.
At that, another fellow, probably he who had
remained below to search the captain's body,
came to the door of the inn. " Bill 's been over-
hauled a'ready," said he, " nothin' left."
" It 's these people of the inn — it 's that boy.
I wish I had put his eyes out ! " cried the blind
man, Pew. " They were here no time ago — they
had the door bolted when I tried it. Scatter, lads,
and find 'em."
" Sure enough, they left their glim here/' said
the fellow from the window.
"Scatter and find 'em! Rout the house out!"
reiterated Pew, striking with his stick upon the
road.
Then there followed a great to-do through all
our old inn, heavy feet pounding to and fro, fur-
niture thrown over, doors kicked in, until the
very rocks re-echoed, and the men came out again,
one after another, on the road, and declared that
we were nowhere to be found. And just then
the same whistle that had alarmed my mother
and myself over the dead captain's money was
once more clearly audible through the night, but
46 TREASURE ISLAND
this time twice repeated. I had thought it to be
the blind man's trumpet, so to speak, summon-
ing his crew to the assault ; but I now found that
it was a signal from the hillside towards the
hamlet, and, from its effect upon the buccaneers,
a signal to warn them of approaching danger.
" There 's Dirk again," said one. " Twice !
We '11 have to budge, mates."
" Budge, you skulk ! " cried Pew. " Dirk was
a fool and a coward from the first — you would n't
mind him. They must be close by; they can't
be far; you have your hands on it. Scatter and
look for them, dogs! Oh, shiver my soul," he
cried, " if I had eyes ! "
This appeal seemed to produce some effect, for
two of the fellows began to look here and there
among the lumber, but half-heartedly, I thought,
and with half an eye to their own danger all the
time, while the rest stood irresolute on the road.
" You have your hands on thousands, you fools,
and you hang a leg! You 'd be as rich as kings
if you could find it, and you know it 's here, and
you stand there skulking. There was n't one of
you dared face Bill, and I did it — a blind man !
And I 'm to lose my chance for you ! I 'm to be a
poor, crawling beggar, sponging for rum, when I
might be rolling in a coach ! If you had the pluck
of a weevil in a biscuit you would catch them still.'*'
TREASURE ISLAND 47
" Hang it, Pew, we 've got the doubloons ! "
grumbled one.
" They might have hid the blessed thing," said
another. " Take the Georges, Pew, and don't stand
here squalling."
Squalling was the word for it, Pew's anger rose
so high at these objections ; till at last, his passion
completely taking the upper-hand, he struck at them
right and left in his blindness, and his stick sounded
heavily on more than one.
These, in their turn, cursed back at the blind
miscreant, threatened him in horrid terms, and
tried in vain to catch the stick and wrest it from
his grasp.
This quarrel was the saving of us ; for while it
was still raging, another sound came from the top
of the hill on the side of the hamlet — the tramp
of horses galloping. Almost at the same time a
pistol-shot, flash and report, came from the hedge
side. And that was plainly the last signal of
danger ; for the buccaneers turned at once and ran,
separating in every direction, one seaward along
the cove, one slant across the hill, and so on, so
that in half a minute not a sign of them remained
but Pew. Him they had deserted, whether in
sheer panic or out of revenge for his ill words
and blows, I know not ; but there he remained be-
hind, tapping up and down the road in a frenzy,
48 TREASURE ISLAND
and groping and calling for his comrades. Finally
he took the wrong turn, and ran a few steps past
me, towards the hamlet, crying:
" Johnny, Black Dog, Dirk," and other names,
" you won't leave old Pew, mates — not old
Pew ! "
Just then the noise of horses topped the rise, and
four or five riders came in sight in the moonlight,
and swept at full gallop down the slope.
At this Pew saw his error, turned with a scream,
and ran straight for the ditch, into which he rolled.
But he was on his feet again in a second, and made
another dash, now utterly bewildered, right under
the nearest of the coming horses.
The rider tried to save him, but in vain. Down
went Pew with a cry that rang high into the
night; and the four hoofs trampled and spurned
him and passed by. He fell on his side, then
gently collapsed upon his face, and moved no
more.
I leaped to my feet and hailed the riders. They
were pulling up, at any rate, horrified at the ac-
cident; and I soon saw what they were. One,
tailing out behind the rest, was a lad that had gone
from the hamlet to Dr. Livesey's; the rest were
revenue officers, whom he had met by the way, and
with whom he had had the intelligence to return
at once. Some news of the lugger in Kitt's Hole
TREASURE ISLAND 49
had found its way to Supervisor Dance, and set
him forth that night in our direction, and to that
circumstance my mother and I owed our preser-
vation from death.
Pew was dead, stone dead. As for my mother,
when we had carried her up to the hamlet, a little
cold water and salts and that soon brought her back
again, and she was none the worse for her terror,
though she still continued to deplore the balance of
the money. In the meantime the supervisor rode
on, as fast as he could, to Kitt's Hole ; but his men
had to dismount and grope down the dingle, lead-
ing, and sometimes supporting, their horses, and
in continual fear of ambushes ; so it was no great
matter for surprise that when they got down to the
Hole the lugger was already under way, though still
close in. He hailed her. A voice replied, telling
him to keep out of the moonlight, or he would get
some lead in him, and at the same time a bullet
whistled close by his arm. Soon after, the lugger
doubled the point and disappeared. Mr. Dance
stood there, as he said, " like a fish out of water,"
and all he could do was to despatch a man to B
to warn the cutter. " And that," said he, " is just
about as good as nothing. They Ve got off clean,
and there Js an end. Only," he added, " I 'm glad
I trod on Master Pew's corns ; " for by this time
he had heard my story.
VOL. vi. — t
5o TREASURE ISLAND
I went back with him to the " Admiral Benbovv,"
and you -cannot imagine a house in such a state of
smash; the very clock had been thrown down by
these fellows in their furious hunt after my mother
and myself ; and though nothing had actually been
taken away except the captain's money-bag and
a little silver from the till, I could see at once that
we were ruined. Mr. Dance could make nothing
of the scene.
"They got the money, you say? Well, then,
Hawkins, what in fortune were they after? More
money, I suppose? "
" No, sir ; not money, I think," replied I. " In
fact, sir, I believe I have the thing in my breast-
pocket; and, to tell you the truth, I should like to
get it put in safety."
" To be sure, boy ; quite right," said he. " I '11
take it, if you like."
" I thought, perhaps, Dr. Livesey " I began.
" Perfectly right," he interrupted, very cheerily,
" perfectly right — a gentleman and a magistrate.
And, now I come to think of it, I might as well
ride round there myself and report to him or
squire. Master Pew 's dead, when all 's done ; not
that I regret it, but he 's dead, you see, and people
will make it out against an officer of his Majesty's
revenue, if make it out they can. Now, I '11 tell
you, Hawkins : if you like, I '11 take you along."
TREASURE ISLAND 51
I thanked him heartily for the offer, and we
walked back to the hamlet where the horses were.
By the time I had told mother of my purpose they
were all in the saddle.
" Dogger/' said Mr. Dance, " you have a good
horse; take up this lad behind you."
As soon as I was mounted, holding on to
Dogger's belt, the supervisor gave the word, and
the party struck out at a bouncing trot on the road
to Dr. Livesey's house.
CHAPTER VI
THE CAPTAIN'S PAPERS
WE rode hard all the way, till we drew up
before Dr. Livesey's door. The house
was all dark to the front.
Mr. Dance told me to jump down and knock,
and Dogger gave me a stirrup to descend by. The
door was opened almost at once by the maid.
"Is Dr. Livesey in?" I asked.
No, she said; he had come home in the after-
noon, but had gone up to the Hall to dine and pass
the evening with the squire.
" So there we go, boys," said Mr. Dance.
This time, as the distance was short, I did not
mount, but ran with Dogger's stirrup-leather to
the lodge gates, and up the long, leafless, moonlit
avenue to where the white line of the Hall build-
ings looked on either hand on great old gar-
dens. Here Mr. Dance dismounted, and, taking
me along with him, was admitted at a word into
the house.
The servant led us down a matted passage, and
showed us at the end into a great library, all lined
TREASURE ISLAND 53
with bookcases and busts upon the top of them,
where the squire and Dr. Livesey sat, pipe in hand,
on either side of a bright fire.
I had never seen the squire so near at hand. He
was a tall man, over six feet high, and broad in
proportion, and he had a bluff, rough-and-ready
face, all roughened and reddened and lined in his
long travels. His eyebrows were very black, and
moved readily, and this gave him a look of some
temper, not bad, you would say, but quick and
high.
" Come in, Mr. Dance," says he, very stately and
condescending.
" Good-evening, Dance," says the doctor, with
a nod. " And good-evening to you, friend Jim.
What good wind brings you here?"
The supervisor stood up straight and stiff, and
told his story like a lesson; and you should have
seen how the two gentlemen leaned forward and
looked at each other, and forgot to smoke in their
surprise and interest. When they heard how my
mother went back to the inn, Dr. Livesey fairly
slapped his thigh, and the squire cried "Bravo!"
and broke his long pipe against the grate. Long
before it was done, Mr. Trelawney (that, you will
remember, was the squire's name) had got up from
his seat, and was striding about the room, and the
doctor, as if to hear the better, had taken off his
54 TREASURE ISLAND
powdered wig, and sat there, looking very strange
indeed with his own close-cropped, black poll.
At last Mr. Dance finished the story.
" Mr. Dance," said the squire, " you are a very
noble fellow. And as for riding down that black,
atrocious miscreant, I regard it as an act of virtue,
sir, like stamping on a cockroach. This lad Haw-
kins is a trump, I perceive. Hawkins, will you ring
that bell? Mr. Dance must have some ale."
" And so, Jim," said the doctor, " you have the
thing that they were after, have you?"
" Here it is, sir," said I, and gave him the oil-
skin packet.
The doctor looked it all over, as if his fingers
were itching to open it ; but, instead of doing that,
he put it quietly in the pocket of his coat.
" Squire," said he, " when Dance has had his ale
he must, of course, be off on his Majesty's service;
but I mean to keep Jim Hawkins here to sleep at
my house, and, with your permission, I propose
we should have up the cold pie, and let him sup."
" As you will, Livesey," said the squire; " Haw-
kins has earned better than cold pie."
So a big pigeon pie was brought in and put on a
side-table, and I made a hearty supper, for I was
as hungry as a hawk, while Mr. Dance was further
complimented, and at last dismissed.
" And now, squire," said the doctor.
TREASURE ISLAND 55
'' And now, Livesey," said the squire in the
same breath.
" One at a time, one at a time," laughed Dr.
Livesey. " You have heard of this Flint, I
suppose ? "
" Heard of him! " cried the squire. " Heard of
him, you say! He was the bloodthirstiest buc-
caneer that sailed. Blackbeard was a child to
Flint. The Spaniards were so prodigiously afraid
of him, that, I tell you, sir, I was sometimes proud
he was an Englishman. I 've seen his top-sails
with these eyes, off Trinidad, and the cowardly
son of a rum-puncheon that I sailed with put back
— put back, sir, into Port of Spain."
" Well, I 've heard of him myself, in England,"
said the doctor. " But the point is, had he money?"
" Money! " cried the squire. " Have you heard
the story? What were these villains after but
money? What do they care for but money? For
what would they risk their rascal carcasses but
money ? "
" That we shall soon know," replied the doctor.
" But you are so confoundedly hot-headed and
exclamatory that I cannot get a word in. What
I want to know is this: Supposing that I have
here in my pocket some clue to where Flint buried
his treasure, will that treasure amount to much? "
" Amount, sir ! " cried the squire. " It will
56 TREASURE ISLAND
amount to this : if we have the clue you talk about,
I fit out a ship in Bristol dock, and take you and
Hawkins here along, and I '11 have that treasure
if I search a year."
" Very well," said the doctor. " Now, then, if
Jim is agreeable, we'll open the packet;" and he
laid it before him on the table.
The bundle was sewn together, and the doctor
had to get out his instrument-case, and cut the
stitches with his medical scissors. It contained
two things — a book and a sealed paper.
" First of all we '11 try the book," observed the
doctor.
The squire and I were both peering over his
shoulder as he opened it, for Dr. Livesey had
kindly motioned me to come round from the side-
table, where I had been eating, to enjoy the sport
of the search. On the first page there were only
some scraps of writing, such as a man with a pen
in his hand might make for idleness or practice.
One was the same as the tattoo mark, " Billy
Bones his fancy ; " then there was " Mr. W. Bones,
mate." "No more rum." "Off Palm Key he
got itt ; " and some other snatches, mostly single
words and unintelligible. I could not help won-
dering who it was that had " got itt," and what
<( itt " was that he got. A knife in his back as
iike as not.
TREASURE ISLAND 57
" Not much instruction there," said Dr. Livesey,
as he passed on.
The next ten or twelve pages were filled with
a curious series of entries. There was a date at
one end of the line and at the other a sum of
money, as in common account-books; but instead
of explanatory writing, only a varying number
of crosses between the two. On the I2th of June,
1745, for instance, a sum of seventy pounds had
plainly become due to some one, and there was
nothing but six crosses to explain the cause. In
a few cases, to be sure, the name of a place would
be added, as " Offe Caraccas ; " or a mere entry of
latitude and longitude, as " 62° 17' 20", 19° 2' 40"."
The record lasted over nearly twenty years, the
amount of the separate entries growing larger as
time went on, and at the end a grand total had
been made out after five or six wrong additions,
and these words appended, " Bones, his pile."
" I can't make head or tail of this," said Dr.
Livesey.
" The thing is as clear as noonday," cried the
squire. " This is the black-hearted hound's ac-
count-book. These crosses stand for the names
of ships or towns that they sank or plundered.
The sums are the scoundrel's share, and where he
feared an ambiguity, you see he added something
clearer. ' Offe Caraccas,' now ; you see, here was
58 TREASURE ISLAND
some unhappy vessel boarded off that coast. God
help the poor souls that manned her — coral long
ago."
" Right ! " said the doctor. " See what it is to
be a traveller. Right ! And the amounts increase,
you see, as he rose in rank."
There was little else in the volume but a few
bearings of places noted in the blank leaves
towards the end, and a table for reducing French,
English, and Spanish moneys to a common value.
" Thrifty man ! " cried the doctor. " He was n't
the one to be cheated."
" And now," said the squire, " for the other."
The paper had been sealed in several places
with a thimble by way of seal; the very thimble,
perhaps, that I had found in the captain's pocket.
The doctor opened the seals with great care, and
there fell out the map of an island, with latitude
and longitude, soundings, names of hills, and bays
and inlets, and every particular that would be
needed to bring a ship to a safe anchorage upon
its shores. It was about nine miles long and five
across, shaped, you might say, like a fat dragon
standing up, and had two fine land-locked har-
bours, and a hill in the centre part marked " The
Spy-glass." There were several additions of a
later date; but, above all, three crosses of red
ink — two on the north part of the island, one in
TREASURE ISLAND 59
the south-west, and, beside this last, in the same
red ink, and in a small, neat hand, very different
from the captain's tottery characters, these words :
" Bulk of treasure here."
Over on the back the same hand had written
this further information:
" Tall tree, Spy-glass shoulder, bearing a point to the N. of
N. N. E.
" Skeleton Island E. S. E. and by E.
" Ten feet.
" The bar silver is in the north cache ; you can find it by the
trend of the east hummock, ten fathoms south of the black crag
with the face on it.
" The arms are easy found, in the sandhill, N. point of north
inlet cape, bearing E. and a quarter N. " T F "
That was all; but brief as it was, and, to me,
incomprehensible, it filled the squire and Dr. Live-
sey with delight.
" Livesey," said the squire, " you will give up
this wretched practice at once. To-morrow I start
for Bristol. In three weeks' time — three weeks!
— two weeks — ten days — we '11 have the best
ship, sir, and the choicest crew in England.
Hawkins shall come as cabin-boy. You '11 make
a famous cabin-boy, Hawkins. You, Livesey, are
ship's doctor ; I am admiral. We '11 take Red-
ruth, Joyce, and Hunter. We '11 have favourable
winds, a quick passage, and not the least diffi-
culty in finding the spot, and money to eat —
60 TREASURE ISLAND
to roll in — to play duck and drake with ever
after."
" Trelawney," said the doctor, " I '11 go with
you ; and I '11 go bail for it, so will Jim, and be
a credit to the undertaking. There 's only one
man I 'm afraid of."
" And who 's that ? " cried the squire. " Name
the dog, sir ! "
"You," replied the doctor; "for you cannot
hold your tongue. We are not the only men
who know of this paper. These fellows who
attacked the inn to-night — bold, desperate blades,
for sure — and the rest who stayed aboard that
lugger, and more, I dare say, not far off, are,
one and all, through thick and thin, bound that
they '11 get that money. We must none of us go
alone till we get to sea. Jim and I shall stick
together in the meanwhile : you '11 take Joyce and
Hunter when you ride to Bristol, and, from first
to last, not one of us must breathe a word of
what we've found."
" Livesey," returned the squire, " you are al-
ways in the right of it. I '11 be as silent as the
grave."
PART II
THE SEA COOK
JL .*.$ "• <
BluJU
& li
CHAPTER VII
I GO TO BRISTOL
JT was longer than the squire imagined ere
we were ready for the sea, and none of our
first plans — not even Dr. Livesey's, of keep-
ing me beside him — could be carried out as we
intended. The doctor had to go to London for
a physician to take charge of his practice; the
squire was hard at work at Bristol; and I lived
on at the Hall under the charge of old Redruth,
the gamekeeper, almost a prisoner, but full of
sea-dreams and the most charming anticipations
of strange islands and adventures. I brooded by
the hour together over the map, all the details of
which I well remembered. Sitting by the fire in
the housekeeper's room, I approached that island
in my fancy, from every possible direction; I ex-
plored every acre of its surface ; I climbed a thou-
sand times to that tall hill they call the Spy-glass,
and from the top enjoyed the most wonderful and
changing prospects. Sometimes the isle was thick
with savages, with whom we fought; sometimes
full of dangerous animals that hunted us; but in
64 TREASURE ISLAND
all my fancies nothing occurred to me so strange
and tragic as our actual adventures.
So the weeks passed on, till one fine day there
came a letter addressed to Dr. Livesey, with this
addition, " To be opened, in the case of his ab-
sence, by Tom Redruth or young Hawkins."
Obeying this order, we found, or rather, I found
— for the gamekeeper was a poor hand at read-
ing anything but print — the following impor-
tant news:
" Old Anchor Inn, Bristol, March I, 17 — .
"DEAR LIVESEY, — As I do not know whether you are
at the Hall or still in London, I send this in double to both
places.
" The ship is bought and fitted. She lies at anchor, ready
for sea. You never imagined a sweeter schooner — a child
might sail her — two hundred tons ; name, Hispaniola.
" I got her through my old friend, Blandly, who has proved
himself throughout the most surprising trump. The admi-
rable fellow literally slaved in my interest, and so, I may say,
did every one in Bristol, as soon as they got wind of the port
we sailed for — treasure, I mean."
" Redruth," said I, interrupting the letter,
" Dr. Livesey will not like that. The squire has
been talking, after all."
"Well, who's a better right?" growled the
gamekeeper. " A pretty rum go if squire ain't
to talk for Dr. Livesey, I should think."
At that I gave up all attempt at commentary,
and read straight on:
TREASURE ISLAND 65
" Blandly himself found the Htspaniola, and by the most
admirable management got her for the merest trifle. There
is a class of men in Bristol monstrously prejudiced against
Blandly. They go the length of declaring that this honest
creature would do anything for money, that the Hispaniola
belonged to him, and that he sold it me absurdly high — the
most transparent calumnies. None of them dare, however,
to deny the merits of the ship.
" So far there was not a hitch. The workpeople, to be sure
— riggers and what not — were most annoyingly slow ; but
time cured that. It was the crew that troubled me.
" I wished a round score of men — in case of natives,
buccaneers, or the odious French — and I had the worry of
the deuce itself to find so much as half a dozen, till the most
remarkable stroke of fortune brought me the very man that I
required.
" I was standing on the dock, when, by the merest accident,
I fell in talk with him. I found he was an old sailor, kept a
public-house, knew all the seafaring men in Bristol, had lost
his health ashore, and wanted a good berth as cook to get
to sea again. He had hobbled down there that morning, he
said, to get a smell of the salt.
"I was monstrously touched — so would you have been —
and, out of pure pity, I engaged him on the spot to be ship's
cook. Long John Silver, he is called, and has lost a leg ; but
that I regarded as a recommendation, since he lost it in his
country's service, under the immortal Hawke. He has no pen-
sion, Livesey. Imagine the abominable age we live in !
"Well, sir, I thought I had only found a cook, but it was a
crew I had discovered. Between Silver and myself we got
together in a few days a company of the toughest old salts im-
aginable — not pretty to look at, but fellows, by their faces, of
the most indomitable spirit. I declare we could fight a frigate.
" Long John even got rid of two out of the six or seven I
had already engaged. He showed me in a moment that they
were just the sort of fresh-water swabs we had to fear in an
adventure of importance.
66 TREASURE ISLAND
" I am in the most magnificent health and spirits, eating
like a bull, sleeping like a tree, yet I shall not enjoy a moment
till I hear my old tarpaulins tramping round the capstan.
Seaward ho ! Hang the treasure ! It 's the glory of the sea
that has turned my head. So now, Livesey, come post ; do
not lose an hour, if you respect me.
" Let young Hawkins go at once to see his mother, with
Redruth for a guard; and then both come full speed to
Bristo!' "JOHN TRELAWNEY.
" Postscript. — I did not tell you that Blandly, who, by the
way, is to send a consort after us if we don't turn up by the
end of August, had found an admirable fellow for sailing-
master — a stiff man, which I regret, but, in all other re-
spects, a treasure. Long John Silver unearthed a very
competent man for a mate, a man named Arrow. I have a
boatswain who pipes, Livesey ; so things shall go man-o'-war
fashion on board the good ship Hispaniola.
" I forgot to tell you that Silver is a man of substance ; I
know of my own knowledge that he has a banker's account,
which has never been overdrawn. He leaves his wife to man-
age the inn ; and as she is a woman of colour, a pair of old
bachelors like you and I may be excused for guessing that it
is the wife, quite as much as the health, that sends him back
to roving. «j j.
" P. P. S. — Hawkins may stay one night with his mother.
" T. T."
You can fancy the excitement into which that
letter put me. I was half beside myself with
glee; and if ever I despised a man, it was old
Tom Redruth, who could do nothing but grumble
and lament. Any of the under-gamekeepers would
gladly have changed places with him; but such
TREASURE ISLAND 67
was not the squire's pleasure, and the squire's
pleasure was like law among them all. Nobody
but old Redruth would have dared so much as
even to grumble.
The next morning he and I set out on foot for
the " Admiral Benbow," and there I found my
mother in good health and spirits. The captain,
who had so long been a cause of so much
discomfort, was gone where the wicked cease
from troubling. The squire had had everything
repaired, and the public rooms and the sign re-
painted, and had added some furniture — above
all a beautiful arm-chair for mother in the bar.
He had found her a boy as an apprentice also, so
that she should not want help while I was gone.
It was on seeing that boy that I understood,
for the first time, my situation. I had thought
up to that moment of the adventures before me,
not at all of the home that I was leaving; and
now, at sight of this clumsy stranger, who was
to stay here in my place beside my mother, I
had my first attack of tears. I am afraid I led
that boy a dog's life; for as he was new to the
work, I had a hundred opportunities of setting
him right and putting him down, and I was not
slow to profit by them.
The night passed, and the next day, after din-
ner, Redruth and I were afoot again, and on the
68 TREASURE ISLAND
road. I said good-bye to mother and the cove
where I had lived since I was born, and the
dear old " Admiral Benbow " — since he was re-
painted, no longer quite so dear. One of my last
thoughts was of the captain, who had so often
strode along the beach with his cocked hat, his
sabre-cut cheek, and his old brass telescope. Next
moment we had turned the corner, and my home
was out of sight.
The mail picked us up about dusk at the
" Royal George " on the heath. I was wedged in
between Redruth and a stout old gentleman, and
in spite of the swift motion and the cold night
air, I must have dozed a great deal from the very
first, and then slept like a log up hill and down
dale through stage after stage; for when I was
awakened, at last, it was by a punch in the ribs,
and I opened my eyes, to find that we were stand-
ing still before a large building in a city street,
and that the day had already broken a long time-
" Where are we ? " I asked.
" Bristol," said Tom. " Get down."
Mr. Trelawney had taken up his residence at
an inn far down the docks, to superintend thr
work upon the schooner. Thither we had now
to walk, and our way, to my great delight, lay
along the quays and beside the great multitude
of ships of all sizes and rigs anct nations. In
TREASURE ISLAND 69
one, sailors were singing at their work; in an-
other, there were men aloft, high over my head,
hanging to threads that seemed no thicker than
a spider's. Though I had lived by the shore all
my life, I seemed never to have been near the
sea till then. The smell of tar and salt was some-
thing new. I saw the most wonderful figure-
heads, that had all been far over the ocean. I
saw, besides, many old sailors, with rings in their
ears, and whiskers curled in ringlets, and tarry
pigtails, and their swaggering, clumsy sea-walk;
and if I had seen as many kings or archbishops
I could not have been more delighted.
And I was going to sea myself; to sea in a
schooner, with a piping boatswain, and pig-tailed
singing seamen; to sea, bound for an unknown
island, and to seek for buried treasures!
While I was still in this delightful drea.m, we
came suddenly in front of a large inn, and met
Squire Trelawney, all dressed out like a sea-
officer, in stout blue cloth, coming out of the
door with a smile on his face, and a capital imita-
tion of a sailor's walk.
" Here you are," he cried, " and the doctor
came last night from London. Bravo! the ship's
company complete ! "
" Oh, sir," cried I, " when do we sail ? "
" Sail ! " says he. " We sail to-morrow ! "
CHAPTER VIII
AT THE SIGN OF THE "SPY-GLASS"
WHEN I had done breakfasting the
squire gave me a note addressed to
John Silver, at the sign of the " Spy-
glass," and told me I should easily find the place
by following the line of the docks, and keeping
a bright look-out for a little tavern with a large
brass telescope for sign. I set off, overjoyed at
this opportunity to see some more of the ships
and seamen, and picked my way among a great
crowd of people and carts and bales, for the dock
was now at its busiest, until I found the tavern
in question.
It was a bright enough little place of entertain-
ment. The sign was newly painted; the win-
dows had neat red curtains; the floor was cleanly
sanded. There was a street on each side, and
an open door on both, which made the large, low
room pretty clear to see in, in spite of clouds of
tobacco smoke.
The customers were mostly seafaring men;
TREASURE ISLAND 71
and they talked so loudly that I hung at the door,
almost afraid to enten
As I was waiting, a man came out of a side
room, and, at a glance, I was sure he must be
Long John. His left leg was cut off close by
the hip, and under the left shoulder he carried
a crutch, which he managed with wonderful dex-
terity, hopping about upon it like a bird. He
was very tall and strong, with a face as big as
a ham — plain and pale, but intelligent and smil-
ing. Indeed, he seemed in the most cheerful
spirits, whistling as he moved about among the
tables, with a merry word or a slap on the
shoulder for the more favoured of his guests.
Now, to tell you the truth, from the very first
mention of Long John in Squire Trelawney's
letter, I had taken a fear in my mind that he
might prove to be the very one-legged sailor
whom I had watched for so long at the old
" Benbow." But one look at the man before me
was enough. I had seen the captain, and Black
Dog, and the blind man Pew, and I thought I
knew what a buccaneer was like — a very differ-
ent creature, according to me, from this clean
and pleasant-tempered landlord.
I plucked up courage at once, crossed the thresh-
old, and walked right up to the man where he
stood, propped on his crutch, talking to a customer.
72 TREASURE ISLAND
"Mr. Silver, sir?" I asked, holding out the
note.
"Yes, my lad," said he; "such is my name,
to be sure. And who may you be?" And then
as he saw the squire's letter, he seemed to me
to give something almost like a start.
" Oh ! " said he, quite loud, and offering his
hand, " I see. You are our new cabin-boy ;
pleased I am to see you."
And he took my hand in his large firm grasp.
Just then one of the customers at the far side
rose suddenly and made for the door. It was
close by him, and he was out in the street in a
moment. But his hurry had attracted my notice,
and I recognised him at a glance. It was the
tallow-faced man, wanting two fingers, who had
come first to the " Admiral Benbow."
"Oh," I cried, "stop him! it's Black Dog!"
" I don't care two coppers who he is," cried
Silver. " But he has n't paid his score. Harry,
run and catch him."
One of the others who was nearest the door
leaped up, and started in pursuit.
" If he were Admiral Hawke he shall pay his
score," cried Silver; and then, relinquishing my
hand — "Who did you say he was?" he asked.
"Black what?"
" Dog, sir," said I. " Has Mr. Trelawney not
TREASURE ISLAND 73
told you of the buccaneers? He was one of
them."
" So ? " cried Silver. " In my house ! Ben, run
and help Harry. One of those swabs, was he?
Was that you drinking with him, Morgan? Step
up here."
The man whom he called Morgan — an old,
grey-haired, mahogany- faced sailor — came for-
ward pretty sheepishly, rolling his quid.
" Now, Morgan," said Long John, very sternly ;
" you never clapped your eyes on that Black —
Black Dog before, did you, now?"
" Not I, sir," said Morgan, with a salute.
" You did n't know his name, did you ? "
" No, sir."
" By the powers, Tom Morgan, it 's as good
for you ! " exclaimed the landlord. " If you bad
been mixed up with the like of that, you would
never have put another foot in my house, you
may lay to that. And what was he saying to
you?"
" I don't rightly know, sir," answered Morgan.
" Do you call that a head on your shoulders,
or a blessed dead-eye? " cried Long John. " Don't
rightly know, don't you ! Perhaps you don't hap-
pen to rightly know who you was speaking to,
perhaps? Come, now, what was he jawing —
v'yages, cap'ns, ships ? Pipe up ! What was it ? "
74 TREASURE ISLAND
" We was a-talkin' of keel-hauling," answered
Morgan.
"Keel-hauling, was you? and a mighty suit-
able thing, too, and you may lay to that. Get
back to your place for a lubber, Tom."
And then, as Morgan rolled back to his seat,
Silver added to me in a confidential whisper, that
was very flattering, as I thought:
" He 's quite an honest man, Tom Morgan,
on'y stupid. And now," he ran on again, aloud,
'let's see — Black Dog? No, I don't know the
name, not I. Yet I kind of think I 've — yes,
I 've seen the swab. He used to come here with
a blind beggar, he used."
" That he did, you may be sure," said I.
" I knew that blind man, too. His name was
Pew."
"It was!" cried Silver, now quite excited.
" Pew ! That were his name for certain. Ah,
he looked a shark, he did! If we run down this
Black Dog, now, there '11 be news for Cap'n Tre-
lawney ! Ben 's a good runner ; few seamen run
better than Ben. He should run him down, hand
over hand, by the powers! He talked o' keel-
hauling, did he? I'll keel-haul him!"
All the time he was jerking out these phrases
he was stumping up and down the tavern on his
crutch, slapping tables with his hand, and giving
TREASURE ISLAND 75
such a show of excitement as would have con-
vinced an Old Bailey judge or a Bow Street
runner. My suspicions had been thoroughly re-
awakened on finding Black Dog at the " Spy-
glass," and I watched the cook narrowly. But
he was too deep, and too ready, and too clever
for me, and by the time the two men had come
back out of breath, and confessed that they had
lost the track in a crowd, and been scolded like
thieves, I would have gone bail for the innocence
of Long John Silver.
" See here, now, Hawkins," said he, " here 's a
blessed hard thing on a man like me, now, ain't
it ? There 's Cap'n Trelawney — what 's he to
think? Here I have this confounded son of a
Dutchman sitting in my own house, drinking of
my own rum! Here you comes and tells me of it
plain; and here I let him give us all the slip be-
fore my blessed dead-lights ! Now, Hawkins, you
do me justice with the cap'n. You 're a lad, you
are, but you 're as smart as paint. I see that when
you first came in. Now, here it is: What could
I do, with this old timber I hobble on? When I
was an A B master mariner I 'd have come up
alongside of him, hand over hand, and broached
him to in a brace of old shakes, I would; but
now " "
And then, all of a sudden, he stopped, and
76 TREASURE ISLAND
his jaw dropped as though he had remembered
something.
" The score ! " he burst out. " Three goes o'
rum ! Why, shiver my timbers, if I had n't for-
gotten my score!"
And, falling on a bench, he laughed until the
tears ran down his cheeks. I could not help join-
ing ; and we laughed together, peal after peal, until
the tavern rang again.
" Why, what a precious old sea-calf I am ! " he
said, at last, wiping his cheeks. " You and me
should get on well, Hawkins, for I '11 take my davy
I should be rated ship's boy. But, come, now, stand
by to go about. This won't do. Booty is dooty,
messmates. I '11 put on my old cocked hat, and
step along of you to Cap'n Trelawney, and report
this here affair. For, mind you, it 's serious, young
Hawkins ; and neither you nor me 's come out of
it with what I should make so bold as to call credit.
Nor you neither, says you; not smart — none of
the pair of us smart. But dash my buttons ! that
was a good 'un about my score."
And he began to laugh again, and that so
heartily, that though I did not see the joke as he
did, I was again obliged to join him in his mirth.
On our little walk along the quays, he made
himself the most interesting companion, telling
me about the different ships that we passed by,
TREASURE ISLAND 77
their rig, tonnage, and nationality, explaining the
work that was going forward — how one was dis-
charging, another taking in cargo, and a third
making ready for sea; and every now and then
telling me some little anecdote of ships or seamen,
or repeating a nautical phrase till I had learned it
perfectly. I began to see that here was one of
the best of possible shipmates.
When we got to the inn, the squire and Dr.
Livesey were seated together, finishing a quart of
ale with a toast in it, before they should go aboard
the schooner on a visit of inspection.
Long John told the story from first to last,
with a great deal of spirit and the most perfect
truth. " That was how it were, now, were n't it,
Hawkins ? " he would say, now and again, and I
could always bear him entirely out.
The two gentlemen regretted that Black Dog
had got away; but we all agreed there was noth-
ing to be done, and after he had been compli-
mented, Long John took up his en14--' and
departed.
" All hands aboard by four this afternoon,"
shouted the squire, after him.
" Ay, ay, sir," cried the cook, in the passage.
" Well, squire," said Dr. Livesey, " I don't put
much faith in your discoveries, as a general thing;
but I will say this, John Silver suits me."
78 TREASURE ISLAND
" The man 's a perfect trump," declared the
squire.
" And now," added the doctor, " Jim may come
on board with us, may he not ? "
" To be sure he may," says squire. " Take your
hat, Hawkins, and we '11 see the ship."
CHAPTER IX
POWDER AND ARMS
THE Hispaniola lay some way out, and we
went under the figureheads and round
the sterns of many other ships, and their
cables sometimes grated underneath our keel, and
sometimes swung above us. At last, however, we
got alongside, and were met and saluted as we
stepped aboard by the mate, Mr. Arrow, a brown
old sailor, with earrings in his ears and a squint.
He and the squire were very thick and friendly,
but I soon observed that things were not the same
between Mr. Trelawney and the captain.
.This last was a sharp-looking man, who seemed
angry with everything on board, and was soon to
tell us why, for we had hardly got down into the
cabin when a sailor followed us.
" Captain Smollett, sir, axing to speak with
you," said he.
" I am always at the captain's orders. Show
him in," said the squire.
The captain, who was close behind his messen-
ger, entered at once, and shut the door behind him.
8o TREASURE ISLAND
" Well, Captain Smollett, what have you to say?
All well, I hope ; all shipshape and seaworthy ? "
" Well, sir," said the captain, " better speak
plain, I believe, even at the risk of offence. I
don't like this cruise; I don't like the men; and
I don't like my officer. That 's short and sweet."
" Perhaps, sir, you don't like the ship? " inquired
the squire, very angry, as I could see.
" I can't speak as to that, sir, not having seen
her tried," said the captain. " She seems a clever
craft; more I can't say."
" Possibly, sir, you may not like your employer,
either? " says the squire.
But here Dr. Livesey cut in.
" Stay a bit," said he, " stay a bit. No use of
such questions as that but to produce ill-feeling.
The captain has said too much or he has said too
little, and I 'm bound to say that I require an ex-
planation of his words. You don't, you say, like
this cruise. Now, why?"
" I was engaged, sir, on what we call sealed
orders, to sail this ship for that gentleman where
he should bid me," said the captain. " So far so
good. But now I find that every man before the
mast knows more than I do. I don't call that fair,
now, do you? "
" No," said Dr. Livesey, " I don't."
" Next," said the captain, " I learn we are going
TREASURE ISLAND 81
after treasure — hear it from my own hands, mind
you. Now, treasure is ticklish work; I don't like
treasure voyages on any account ; and I don't like
them, above all, when they are secret, and when
(begging your pardon, Mr. Trelawney) the secret
has been told to the parrot."
" Silver's parrot? " asked the squire.
" It 's a way of speaking," said the captain.
" Blabbed, I mean. It 's my belief neither of you
gentlemen know what you are about ; but I '11 tell
you my way of it — life or death, and a close run."
" That is all clear, and, I dare say, true enough,"
replied Dr. Livesey. " We take the risk ; but we
are not so ignorant as you believe us. Next, you
say you don't like the crew. Are they not good
seamen ? "
" I don't like them, sir," returned Captain
Smollett. "And I think I should have had the
dhoosing of my own hands, if you go to that."
" Perhaps you should," replied the doctor. " My
friend should, perhaps, have taken you along with
him; but the slight, if there be one, was uninten-
tional. And you don't like Mr. Arrow ? "
" I don't, sir. I believe he 's a good seaman ;
but he 's too free with the crew to be a good officer.
A mate should keep himself to himself — should n't
drink with the men before the mast ! "
" Do you mean he drinks ? " cried the squire.
VOL. vi. — 6
82 TREASURE ISLAND
" No, sir," replied the captain ; " only that he 's
too familiar."
" Well, now, and the short and long of it,
captain ? " asked the doctor. " Tell us what you
want."
" Well, gentlemen, are you determined to go on
this cruise? "
" Like iron," answered the squire.
" Very good," said the captain. " Then, as
you Ve heard me very patiently, saying things that
I could not prove, hear me a few words more.
They are putting the powder and the arms in the
fore hold. Now, you have a good place under the
cabin; why not put them there? — first point.
Then you are bringing four of your own people
with you, and they tell me some of them are to
be berthed forward. Why not give them the berths
here beside the cabin ? — second point."
"Any more?" asked Mr. Trelawney.
" One more," said the captain. " There 's been
too much blabbing already."
" Far too much," agreed the doctor.
" I '11 tell you what I Ve heard myself," con-
tinued Captain Smollett : " that you have a map
of an island ; that there 's crosses on the map
to show where treasure is; and that the island
lies " And then he named the- latitude and
longitude exactly.
TREASURE ISLAND 83
" I never told that," cried the squire, " to a
soul!"
" The hands know it, sir," returned the captain.
" Livesey, that must have been you or Haw-
kins," cried the squire.
" It does n't much matter who it was," replied
the doctor. And I could see that neither he nor
the captain paid much regard to Mr. Trelawney's
protestations. Neither did I, to be sure, he was
so loose a talker ; yet in this case I believe he was
really right, and that nobody had told the situa-
tion of the island.
" Well, gentlemen," continued the captain, " I
don't know who has this map; but I make it a
point, it shall be kept secret even from me and
Mr. Arrow. Otherwise I would ask you to let
me resign."
" I see," said the doctor. " You wish us to keep
this matter dark, and to make a garrison of the
stern part of the ship, manned with my friend's
own people, and provided with all the arms and
powder on board. In other words, you fear a
mutiny."
" Sir," said Captain Smollett, " with no inten-
tion to take offence, I deny your right to put
words into my mouth. No captain, sir, would be
justified in going to sea at all if he had ground
enough to say that. As for Mr. Arrow, I believe
84 TREASURE ISLAND
him thoroughly honest; some of the men are the
same; all may be for what I know. But I am
responsible for the ship's safety and the life of
every man Jack aboard of her. I see things going,
as I think, not quite right. And I ask you to take
certain precautions, or let me resign my berth.
And that 's all."
'' Captain Smollett," began the doctor, with a
smile, "did ever you hear the fable of the mountain
and the mouse ? You '11 excuse me, I dare say, but
you remind me of that fable. When you came in
here I '11 stake my wig you meant more than this."
" Doctor," said the captain, " you are smart.
When I came in here I meant to get discharged.
I had no thought that Mr. Trelawney would hear
a word."
" No more I would," cried the squire. " Had
Livesey not been here I should have seen you to
the deuce. As it is, I have heard you. I will do
as you desire; but I think the worse of you."
" That 's as you please, sir," said the captain.
" You '11 find I do my duty."
And \vith that he took his leave.
" Trelawney," said the doctor, " contrary to all
my notions, I believe you have managed to get
two honest men on board with you — that man
and John Silver."
"Silver, if you like," cried the squire; "but
TREASURE ISLAND 85
as for that intolerable humbug, I declare I think
his conduct unmanly, unsailorly, and downright
un-English."
" Well," says the doctor, " we shall see."
When we came on deck, the men had begun
already to take out the arms and powder, yo-ho-
ing at their work, while the captain and Mr.
Arrow stood by superintending.
The new arrangement was quite to my liking.
The whole schooner had been overhauled; six
berths had been made astern, out of what had
been the after-part of the main hold; and this set
of cabins was only joined to the galley and fore-
castle by a sparred passage on the port side. It
had been originally meant that the captain, Mr.
Arrow, Hunter, Joyce, the doctor, and the squire,
were to occupy these six berths. Now, Redruth
and I were to get two of them, and Mr. Arrow
and the captain were to sleep on deck in the com-
panion, which had been enlarged on each side till
you might almost have called it a round-house.
Very low it was still, of course; but there was
room to swing two hammocks, and even the mate
seemed pleased with the arrangement. Even he,
perhaps, had been doubtful as to the crew, but
that is only guess ; for, as you shall hear, we had
not long the benefit of his opinion.
We were all hard at work, changing the powder
86 TREASURE ISLAND
and the berths, when the last man or two, and
Long John along with them, came off in a shore-
boat.
The cook came up the side like a monkey for
cleverness, and, as soon as he saw what was
doing, " So ho, mates ! " says he, " what 's this ? "
" We 're a-changing of the powder, Jack," an-
swers one.
" Why, by the powers," cried Long John, " if
we do, we '11 miss the morning tide ! "
" My orders ! " said the captain shortly. " You
may go below, my man. Hands will want supper."
"Ay, ay, sir," answered the cook; and, touch-
ing his forelock, he disappeared at once in the
direction of his galley.
" That 's a good man, captain," said the doctor.
" Very likely, sir," replied Captain Smollett.
" Easy with that, men — easy," he ran on, to the
fellows who were shifting the powder; and then
suddenly observing me examining the swivel we
carried amidships, a long brass nine — " Here, you
ship's boy," he cried, " out o' that ! Off with you
to the cook and get some work."
And then as I was hurrying off I heard him
say, quite loudly, to the doctor:
" I '11 have no favourites on my ship."
I assure you I was quite of the squire's way of
thinking, and hated the captain deeply.
CHAPTER X
THE VOYAGE
AL that night we were in a great bustle
getting things stowed in their place, and
boatfuls of the squire's friends, Mr.
Blandly and the like, coming off to wish him a
good voyage and a safe return. We never had
a night at the " Admiral Benbow " when I had
half the work; and I was dog-tired when, a little
before dawn, the boatswain sounded his pipe, and
the crew began to man the capstan-bars. I might
have been twice as weary, yet I would not have
left the deck; all was so new and interesting to
me — the brief commands, the shrill note of the
whistle, the men bustling to their places in the
glimmer of the ship's lanterns.
" Now, Barbecue, tip us a stave," cried one
voice.
" The old one," cried another.
" Ay, ay, mates," said Long John, who was
standing by, with his crutch under his arm, and
at once broke out in the air and words I knew
so well —
88 TREASURE ISLAND
" Fifteen men on the dead man's chest " —
And then the whole crew bore chorus —
" Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum ! "
And at the third "ho!" drove the bars before
them with a will.
Even at that exciting moment it carried me back
to the old " Admiral Benbow " in a second ; and
I seemed to hear the voice of the captain piping
in the chorus. But soon the anchor was short
up ; soon it was hanging dripping at the bows ;
soon the sails began to draw, and the land and
shipping to flit by on either side; and before I
could lie down to snatch an hour of slumber the
Hispaniola had begun her voyage to the Isle of
Treasure.
I am not going to relate that voyage in detail.
It was fairly prosperous. The ship proved to be
a good ship, the crew were capable seamen, and
the captain thoroughly understood his business.
But before we came the length of Treasure Island,
two or three things had happened which require
to be known.
Mr. Arrow, first of all, turned out even worse
than the captain had feared. He had no command
among the men, and people did what they pleased
with him. But that was by no means the worst
of it; for after a day or two at sea he began to
TREASURE ISLAND 89
appear on deck with hazy eye, red cheeks, stut-
tering tongue, and other marks of drunkenness.
Time after time he was ordered below in dis-
grace. Sometimes he fell and cut himself; some-
times he lay all day long in his little bunk at one
side of the companion; sometimes for a day or
two he would be almost sober and attend to his
work at least passably.
In the meantime, we could never make out
where he got the drink. That was the ship's
mystery. Watch him as we pleased, we could do
nothing to solve it; and when we asked him to
his face, he would only laugh, if he were drunk,
and if he were sober, deny solemnly that he ever
tasted anything but water.
He was not only useless as an officer, and a
bad influence amongst the men, but it was plain
that at this rate he must soon kill himself out-
right; so nobody was much surprised, nor very
sorry, when one dark night, with a head sea, he
disappeared entirely and was seen no more.
" Overboard ! " said the captain. " Well, gentle-
men, that saves the trouble of putting him in
irons."
But there we were, without a mate; and it was
necessary, of course, to advance one of the men.
The boatswain, Job Anderson, was the likeliest
man aboard, and, though he kept his old title, he
9o TREASURE ISLAND
served in a way as mate. Mr. Trelawney had fol-
lowed the sea, and his knowledge made him very
useful, for he often took a watch himself in easy
weather. And the coxswain, Israel Hands, was a
careful, wily, old, experienced seaman, who could
be trusted at a pinch with almost anything.
He was a great confidant of Long John Silver,
and so the mention of his name leads me on to
speak of our ship's cook, Barbecue, as the men
called him.
Aboard ship he carried his crutch by a lanyard
round his neck, to have both hands as free as
possible. It was something to see him wedge the
foot of the crutch against a bulkhead, and, propped
against it, yielding to every movement of the ship,
get on with his cooking like some one safe ashore.
Stfll more strange was it to see him in the heaviest
of weather cross the deck. He had a line or two
rigged up to help him across the widest spaces —
Long John's earrings, they were called; and he
would hand himself from one place to another,
now using the crutch, now trailing it alongside by
the lanyard, as quickly as another man could walk.
Yet some of the men who had sailed with him
before expressed their pity to see him so reduced.
" He 's no common man, Barbecue," said the
coxswain to me. " He had good schooling in his
young days, and can speak like a book when so
TREASURE ISLAND 91
minded ; and brave — a lion 's nothing alongside
of Long John! I seen him grapple four, and
knock their heads together — him unarmed."
All the crew respected and even obeyed him.
He had a way of talking to each, and doing
everybody some particular service. To me he was
unweariedly kind; and always glad to see me in
the galley, which he kept as clean as a new pin ;
the dishes hanging up burnished, and his parrot
in a cage in one corner.
" Come away, Hawkins," he would say; " come
and have a yarn with John. Nobody more wel-
come than yourself, my son. Sit you down and
hear the news. Here 's Cap'n Flint — I calls my
parrot Cap'n Flint, after the famous buccaneer —
here 's Cap'n Flint predicting success to our v'yage.
Was n't you, cap'n ? "
And the parrot would say, with great rapidity,
" Pieces of eight ! pieces of eight ! pieces of
eight ! " till you wondered that it was not out of
breath, or till John threw his handkerchief over
the cage.
" Now, that bird," he would say, " is, maybe,
two hundred years old, Hawkins — they lives for
ever mostly ; and if anybody 's seen more wicked-
ness, it must be the devil himself. She 's sailed
with England, the great Cap'n England, the pirate.
She 's been at Madagascar, and at Malabar, and
92 TREASURE ISLAND
Surinam, and Providence, and Portobello. She
was at the fishing up of the wrecked plate ships.
It 's there she learned ' Pieces of eight,' and little
wonder; three hundred and fifty thousand of 'em,
Hawkins ! She was at the boarding of the Viceroy
of the Indies out of Goa, she was ; and to look at
her you would think she was a babby. But you
smelt powder — did n't you, cap'n ? "
" Stand by to go about," the parrot would
scream.
" Ah, she 's a handsome craft, she is," the cook
would say, and give her sugar from his pocket,
and then the bird would peck at the bars and
swear straight on, passing belief for wickedness.
" There," John would add, " you can't touch pitch
and not be mucked, lad. Here 's this poor old
innocent bird o' mine swearing blue fire, and none
the wiser, you may lay to that. She would swear
the same, in a manner of speaking, before chap-
lain." And John would touch his forelock with a
solemn way he had, that made me think he was
the best of men.
In the meantime, the squire and Captain Smollett
were still on pretty distant terms with one another.
The squire made no bones about the matter; he
despised the captain. The captain, on his part,
never spoke but when he was spoken^ to, and then
sharp and short and dry, and not a word wasted.
TREASURE ISLAND 93
He owned, when driven into a corner, that he
seemed to have been wrong about the crew, that
some of them were as brisk as he wanted to see,
and all had behaved fairly well. As for the ship,
he had taken a downright fancy to her. " She '11
lie a point nearer the wind than a man has a right
to expect of his own married wife, sir. But," he
would add, " all I say is we 're not home again,
and I don't like the cruise."
The squire, at this, would turn away and march
up and down the deck, chin in air.
" A trifle more of that man," he would say, " and
I shall explode."
We had some heavy weather, which only proved
the qualities of the Hispaniola. Every man on
board seemed well content, and they must have
been hard to please if they had been otherwise; for
it is my belief there was never a ship's company
so spoiled since Noah put to sea. Double grog
was going on the least excuse; there was duff on
odd days, as, for instance, if the squire heard it
was any man's birthday; and always a barrel of
apples standing broached in the waist, for any one
to help himself that had a fancy.
" Never knew good come of it yet," the captain
said to Dr. Livesey. " Spoil foc's'le hands, make
devils. That 's my belief."
But good did come of the apple barrel, as you
94 TREASURE ISLAND
shall hear; for if it had not been for that, we
should have had no note of warning, and might
all have perished by the hand of treachery.
This was how it came about.
We had run up the trades to get the wind of the
island we were after — I am not allowed to be more
plain — and now we were running down for it
with a bright look-out day and night. It was about
the last day of our outward voyage, by the largest
computation; some time that night, or, at latest,
before noon of the morrow, we should sight the
Treasure Island. We were heading S. S. W., and
had a steady breeze abeam and a quiet sea. The
Hispaniola rolled steadily, dipping her bowsprit
now and then with a whiff of spray. All was
drawing alow and aloft; every one was in the
bravest spirits, because we were now so near an
end of the first part of our adventure.
Now, just after sundown, when all my work
was over, and I was on my way to my berth, it
occurred to me that I should like an apple. I ran
on deck. The watch was all forward looking out
for the island. The man at the helm was watching
the luff of the sail, and whistling away gently
to himself ; and that was the only sound excepting
the swish of the sea against the bows and around
the sides of the ship. ^
In I got bodily into the apple barrel, and found
TREASURE ISLAND 95
there was scarce an apple left; but, sitting down
there in the dark, what with the sound of the
waters and the rocking movement of the ship, I
had either fallen asleep, or was on the point of
doing so, when a heavy man sat down with rather
a clash close by. The barrel shook as he leaned his
shoulders against it, and I was just about to jump
up when the man began to speak. It was Silver's
voice, and, before I had heard a dozen words, I
would not have shown myself for all the world,
but lay there, trembling and listening, in the ex-
treme of fear and curiosity; for from these dozen
words I understood that the lives of all the honest
men aboard depended upon me alone.
CHAPTER XI
WHAT I HEARD IN THE APPLE BARREL
NO, not I," said Silver. "Flint was
cap'n ; I was quartermaster, along of
my timber leg. The same broadside
I lost my leg, old Pew lost his dead-lights. It
was a master surgeon, him that ampytated me —
out of college and all — Latin by the bucket, and
what not; but he was hanged like a dog, and sun-
dried like the rest, at Corso Castle. That was
Roberts' men, that was, and corned of changing
names to their ships — Royal Fortune and so on.
Now, what a ship was christened, so let her stay,
I says. So it was with the Cassandra, as brought
us all safe home from Malabar, after England took
the Viceroy of the Indies; so it was with the old
Walrus, Flint's old ship, as I 've seen a-muck with
the red blood and fit to sink with gold."
" Ah ! " cried another voice, that of the youngest
hand on board, and evidently full of admiration,
" he was the flower of the flock, was Flint ! "
" Davis was a man, too, by all accounts," said
Silver. " I never sailed along of him ; first with
TREASURE ISLAND 97
England, then with Flint, that 's my story ; and
now here on my own account, in a manner of
speaking. I laid by nine hundred safe, from Eng-
land, and two thousand after Flint. That ain't
bad for a man before the mast — all safe in bank.
'T ain't earning now, it 's saving does it, you may
lay to that. Where 's all England's men now ?
I dunno. Where 's Flint's ? Why, most on 'em
aboard here, and glad to get the duff — been beg-
ging before that, some on 'em. Old Pew, as had
lost his sight, and might have thought shame,
spends twelve hundred pound in a year, like a lord
in Parliament. Where is he now ? Well, he 's
dead now and under hatches; but for two year
before that, shiver my timbers ! the man was starv-
ing. He begged, and he stole, and he cut throats,
and starved at that, by the powers ! "
" Well, it ain't much use, after all," said the
young seaman.
" 'T ain't much use for fools, you may lay to
it — that, nor nothing," cried Silver. " But now,
you look here : you 're young, you are, but you 're
as smart as paint. I see that when I set my eyes
on you, and I '11 talk to you like a man."
You may imagine how I felt when I heard this
abominable old rogue addressing another in the-
very same words of flattery as he had used to my-
self. I think, if I had been able, that I would have
VOL. VI. — 7
98 TREASURE ISLAND
killed him through the barrel. Meantime, he ran
on, little supposing he was overheard.
" Here it is about gentlemen of fortune. They
lives rough, and they risk swinging, but they eat
and drink like fighting-cocks, and when a cruise
is done, why, it 's hundreds of pounds instead of
hundreds of farthings in their pockets. Now, the
most goes for rum and a good fling, and to sea
again in their shirts. But that 's not the course I
lay. I puts it all away, some here, some there, and
none too much anywheres, by reason of suspicion.
I 'm fifty, mark you ; once back from this cruise,
I set up gentleman in earnest. Time enough, too,
says you. Ah, but I Ve lived easy in the mean-
time; never denied myself o' nothing heart desires,
and slep' soft and ate dainty all my days, but when
at sea. And how did I begin? Before the mast,
like you ! "
"Well," said the other, "but all the other
money 's gone now, ain't it ? You dare n't show
face in Bristol after this."
" Why, where might you suppose it was ? " asked
Silver, derisively.
" At Bristol, in banks and places," answered his
companion.
"It were," said the cook; "it were when we
weighed anchor. But my old missis, has it all by
now. And the ' Spy-glass ' is sold, lease and good-
TREASURE ISLAND 99
will and rigging ; and the old girl 's off to meet
me. I would tell you where, for I trust you; but
it Vd make jealousy among the mates."
"And can you trust your missis?" asked the
other.
" Gentlemen of fortune," returned the cook,
" usually trusts little among themselves, and right
they are, you may lay to it. But I have a way with
me, I have. When a mate brings a slip on his
cable — one as knows me, I mean — it won't be
in the same world with old John. There was some
that was feared of Pew, and some that was feared
of Flint; but Flint his own self was feared of
me. Feared he was, and proud. They was the
roughest crew afloat, was Flint's; the devil him-
self would have been feared to go to sea with
them. Well, now, I tell you, I 'm not a boasting
man, and you seen yourself how easy I keep
company; but when I was quartermaster, lambs
was n't the word for Flint's old buccaneers.
Ah, you may be sure of yourself in old John's
ship."
"Well, I tell you now," replied the lad, "I
did n't half a quarter like the job till I had this
talk with you, John ; but there 's my hand on it
now."
" And a brave lad you were, and smart, too,"
answered Silver, shaking hands so heartily4 that
ioo TREASURE ISLAND
all the barrel shook, " and a finer figurehead for
a gentleman of fortune I never clapped my eyes
on."
By this time I had begun to understand the
meaning of their terms. By a " gentleman of
fortune " they plainly meant neither more nor
less than a common pirate, and the little scene
that I had overheard was the last act in the cor-
ruption of one of the honest hands — perhaps of
the last one left aboard. But on this point I
was soon to be relieved, for, Silver giving a little
whistle, a third man strolled up and sat down by
the party.
" Dick 's square," said Silver.
" Oh, I know'd Dick was square," returned the
voice of the coxswain, Israel Hands. " He 's no
fool, is Dick." And he turned his quid and spat.
" But, look here," he went on, " here 's what I
want to know, Barbecue: how long are we
a-going to stand off and on like a blessed bum-
boat ? I Ve had a'most enough o' Cap'n Smol-
lett ; he 's hazed me long enough, by thunder !
I want to go into that cabin, I do. I want their
pickles and wines, and that."
" Israel," said Silver, " your head ain't much
account, nor ever was. But you 're able to hear,
I reckon; leastways, your ears is -.big enough.
Now, here 's what I say : you '11 berth forward,
TREASURE ISLAND ioi
and you '11 live hard, and you '11 speak soft, and
you'll keep sober, till I give the word; and you
may lay to that, my son."
" Well, I don't say no, do I ? " growled the
coxswain. " What I say is, when ? That 's what
I say."
" WThen ! by the powers ! " cried Silver. " Well,
now, if you want to know, I '11 tell you when.
The last moment I can manage ; and that 's when.
Here 's a first-rate seaman, Cap'n Smollett, sails
the blessed ship for us. Here 's this squire and
doctor with a map and such — I don't know
where it is, do I? No more do you, says you.
Well, then, I mean this squire and doctor shall
find the stuff, and help us to get it aboard, by the
powers ! Then we '11 see. If I was sure of you
all, sons of double Dutchmen, I 'd have Cap'n
Smollett navigate us half-way back again before
I struck."
" Why, we 're all seamen aboard here, I should
think," said the lad Dick.
" We 're all foc's'le hands, you mean," snapped
Silver. " We can steer a course, but who 's to
set one ? That 's what all you gentlemen split on,
first and last. If I had my way, I 'd have Cap'n
Smollett work us back into the trades at least;
then we 'd have no blessed miscalculations and a
spoonful of water a day. But I know the sort
102 TREASURE ISLAND
you are. I '11 finish with 'em at the island, as
soon 's the blunt 's on board, and a pity it is.
But you 're never happy till you 're drunk. Split
my sides, I 've a sick heart to sail with the likes
of you!"
" Easy all, Long John," cried Israel. " Who 's
a-crossin' of you ? "
" Why, how many tall ships, think ye, now,
have I seen laid aboard? and how many brisk
lads drying in the sun at Execution Dock ? " cried
Silver, " and all for this same hurry and hurry
and hurry. You hear me? I seen a thing or two
at sea, I have. If you would on'y lay your course,
and a p'int to windward, you would ride in car-
riages, you would. But not you! I know you.
You '11 have your mouthful of rum to-morrow,
and go hang."
" Everybody know'd you was a kind of a chap-
ling, John ; but there 's others as could hand and
steer as well as you," said Israel. " They liked a
bit o' fun, they did. They wasn't so high and
dry, nohow, but took their fling, like jolly com-
panions every one."
"So?" says Silver. "Well, and where are
they now? Pew was that sort, and he died a
beggar-man. Flint was, and he died of rum at
Savannah. Ah, they was a sweet crew, they was!
on'y, where are they ? "
TREASURE ISLAND 103
" But," asked Dick, " when we do lay 'em
athwart, what are we to do with 'em, anyhow ? "
"There's the man for me!" cried the cook,
admiringly. " That 's what I call business. Well,
what would you think? Put 'em ashore like ma-
roons? That would have been England's way.
Or cut 'em down like that much pork? That
would have been Flint's or Billy Bones's."
" Billy was the man for that," said Israel.
"'Dead men don't bite,' says he. Well, he's
dead now hisself; he knows the long and short
on it now; and if ever a rough hand come to
port, it was Billy."
" Right you are," said Silver, " rough and
ready. But mark you here : I 'm an easy man
— I 'm quite the gentleman, says you ; but this
time it 's serious. Dooty is dooty, mates. I give
my vote — death. When I 'm in Parlyment, and
riding in my coach, I don't want none of these
sea-lawyers in the cabin a-coming home, unlocked
for, like the devil at prayers. Wait is what I
say; but when the time comes, why let her
rip!"
" John," cries the coxswain, " you 're a man ! "
" You '11 say so, Israel, when you see," said
Silver. " Only one thing I claim — I claim Tre-
lawney. I '11 wring his calf's head off his body
with these hands. Dick ! " he added, breaking off,
io4 TREASURE ISLAND
" you just jump up, like a sweet lad, and get me
an apple, to wet my pipe like."
You may fancy the terror I was in! I should
have leaped out and run for it, if I had found the
strength; but my limbs and heart alike misgave
me. I heard Dick begin to rise, and then some
one seemingly stopped him, and the voice of
Hands exclaimed :
" Oh, stow that ! Don't you get sucking of
that bilge, John. Let 's have a go of the rum."
" Dick," said Silver, " I trust you. I 've a
gauge on the keg, mind. There 's the key ; you
fill a pannikin and bring it up."
Terrified as I was, I could not help thinking
to myself that this must have been how Mr.
Arrow got the strong waters that destroyed him.
Dick was gone but a little while, and during
his absence Israel spoke straight on in the cook's
ear. It was but a word or two that I could catch,
and yet I gathered some important news; for,
besides other scraps that tended to the same pur-
pose, this whole clause was audible : " Not an-
other man of them '11 jine." Hence there were
still faithful men on board.
When Dick returned, one after another of the
trio took the pannikin and drank — one " To
luck;" another with a "Here's to -.old Flint;"
and Silver himself saying, in a kind of song,
TREASURE ISLAND 105
" Here 's to ourselves, and hold your luff, plenty
of prizes and plenty of duff."
Just then a sort of brightness fell upon me in
the barrel, and, looking up, I found the moon
had risen, and was silvering the mizzen-top and
shining white on the luff of the fore-sail; and
almost at the same time the voice of the look-out
shouted, "Land ho!"
CHAPTER XII
COUNCIL OF WAR
THERE was a great rush of feet across
the deck. I could hear people tumbling
up from the cabin and the foc's'le; and,
slipping in an instant outside my barrel, I dived
behind the fore-sail, made a double towards the
stern, and came out upon the open deck in time
to join Hunter and Dr. Livesey in the rush for
the weather bow.
There all hands were already congregated. A
belt of fog had lifted almost simultaneously with
the appearance of the moon. Away to the south-
west of us we saw two low hills, about a couple
of miles apart, and rising behind one of them a
third and higher hill, whose peak was still buried
in the fog. All three seemed sharp and conical
in figure.
So much I saw, almost in a dream, for I had
not yet recovered from my horrid fear of a
minute or two before. And then I heard the
voice of Captain Smollett issuing erders. The
Hispaniola was laid a couple of points nearer the
TREASURE ISLAND 107
wind, and now sailed a course that would just
clear the island on the east.
" And now, men," said the captain, when all
was sheeted home, " has any one of you ever seen
that land ahead?"
" I have, sir," said Silver. " I 've watered there
with a trader I was cook in."
" The anchorage is on the south, behind an
islet, I fancy ? " asked the captain.
" Yes, sir ; Skeleton Island they calls it. It
were a main place for pirates once, and a hand
we had on board knowed all their names for it.
That hill to the nor'ard they calls the Fore-mast
Hill; there are three hills in a row running
south'ard — fore, main, and mizzen, sir. But the
main — that 's the big 'un, with the cloud on it
— they usually calls the Spy-glass, by reason of
a look-out they kept when they was in the anchor-
age cleaning ; for it 's there they cleaned their
ships, sir, asking your pardon."
" I have a chart here," says Captain Smollett.
" See if that 's the place."
Long John's eyes burned in his head as he
took the chart; but, by the fresh look of the
paper, I knew he was doomed to disappointment.
This was not the map we found in Billy Bones's
chest, but an accurate copy, complete in all things
— names and heights and soundings — with the
io8 TREASURE ISLAND
single exception of the red crosses and the written
notes. Sharp as must have been his annoyance,
Silver had the strength of mind to hide it.
" Ves, sir," said he, " this is the spot, to be
sure; and very prettily drawed out. Who might
have done that, I wonder? The pirates were too
ignorant, I reckon. Ay, here it is : ' Capt. Kidd's
Anchorage ' — just the name my shipmate called
it. There 's a strong current runs along the south,
and then away nor'ard up the west coast. Right
you was, sir," says he, " to haul your wind and
keep the weather of the island. Leastways, if
such was your intention as to enter and careen,
and there ain't no better place for that in these
waters."
" Thank you, my man," says Captain Smollett.
" I '11 ask you, later on, to give us a help. You
may go."
I was surprised at the coolness with which
John avowed his knowledge of the island; and I
own I was half frightened when I saw him draw-
ing nearer to myself. He did not know, to be
sure, that I had overheard his council from the
apple barrel, and yet I had, by this time, taken
such a horror of his cruelty, duplicity, and power,
that I could scarce conceal a shudder when he laid
his hand upon my arm.
" Ah," says he, " this here is a sweet spot, this
TREASURE ISLAND 109
island — a sweet spot for a lad to get ashore on.
You '11 bathe, and you '11 climb trees, and you '11
hunt goats, you will ; and you '11 get aloft on
them hills like a goat yourself. Why, it makes
me young again. I was going to forget my
timber leg, I was. It 's a pleasant thing to be
young, and have ten toes, and you may lay to
that. When you want to go a bit of exploring,
you just ask old John, and he '11 put up a snack
for you to take along."
And clapping me in the friendliest way upon
the shoulder, he hobbled off forward, and went
below.
Captain Smollett, the squire, and Dr. Livesey
were talking together on the quarter-deck, and,
anxious as I was to tell them my story, I durst
not interrupt them openly. While I was still cast-
ing about in my thoughts to find some probable
excuse, Dr. Livesey called me to his side. He
had left his pipe below, and being a slave to
tobacco, had meant that I should fetch it; but
as soon as I was near enough to speak and not
to be overheard, I broke out immediately : " Doc-
tor, let me speak. Get the captain and squire
down to the cabin, and then make some pretence
to send for me. I have terrible news."
The doctor changed countenance a little, but
next moment he was master of himself.
no TREASURE ISLAND
" Thank you, Jim," said he, quite loudly, " that
was all I wanted to know," as if he had asked
me a question.
And with that he turned on his heel and re-
joined the other two. They spoke together for a
little, and though none of them started, or raised
his voice, or so much as whistled, it was plain
enough that Dr. Livesey had communicated my
request; for the next thing that I heard was the
captain giving an order to Job Anderson, and all
hands were piped on deck.
"My lads," said Captain Smollett, "I've a
word to say to you. This land that we have
sighted is the place we have been sailing for.
Mr. Trelawney, being a very open-handed gen-
tleman, as we all know, has just asked me a word
or two, and as I was able to tell him that every
man on board had done his duty, alow and aloft,
as I never ask to see it done better, why, he and I
and the doctor are going below to the cabin to
drink your health and luck, and you '11 have grog
served out for you to drink our health and luck.
I '11 tell you what I think of this : I think it
handsome. And if you think as I do, you '11
give a good sea cheer for the gentleman that
does it."
The cheer followed — that was -a matter of
course; but it rang out so full and hearty, that
TREASURE ISLAND in
I confess I could hardly believe these same men
were plotting for our blood.
" One more cheer for Cap'n Smollett," cried
Long John, when the first had subsided.
And this also was given with a will.
On the top of that the three gentlemen went
below, and not long after, word was sent for-
ward that Jim Hawkins was wanted in the
cabin.
I found them all three seated round the table,
a bottle of Spanish wine and some raisins before
them, and the doctor smoking away, with his wig
on his lap, and that, I knew, was a sign that he
was agitated. The stern window was open, for
it was a warm night, and you could see the moon
shining behind on the ship's wake.
" Now, Hawkins," said the squire, " you have
something to say. Speak up."
I did as I was bid, and as x short as I could
make it, told the whole details of Silver's con-
versation. Nobody interrupted me till I was done,
nor did any one of the three of them make so
much as a movement, but they kept their eyes
upon my face from first to last.
" Jim," said Dr. Livesey, " take a seat."
And they made me sit down at table beside
them, poured me out a glass of wine, filled my
hands with raisins, and all three, one after the
ii2 TREASURE ISLAND
other, and each with a bow, drank my good
health, and their service to me, for my luck and
courage.
" Now, captain," said the squire, " you were
right and I was wrong. I own myself an ass,
and I await your orders."
" No more an ass than I, sir," returned the
captain. " I never heard of a crew that meant
to mutiny but what showed signs before, for any
man that had an eye in his head to see the mis-
chief and take steps according. But this crew,"
he added, " beats me."
" Captain," said the doctor, " with your per-
mission, that 's Silver. A very remarkable man."
" He 'd look remarkably well from a yard-arm,
sir," returned the captain. " But this is talk ;
this don't lead to anything. I see three or four
points, and with Mr. Trelawney's permission, I '11
name them."
" You, sir, are the captain. It is for you to
speak," says Mr. Trelawney, grandly.
" First point," began Mr. Smollett. " We must
go on, because we can't turn back. If I gave the
word to go about, they would rise at once. Sec-
ond point, we have time before us — at least,
until this treasure 's found. Third point, there
are faithful hands. Now, sir, it 's "got to come
to blows sooner or later; and what I propose
TREASURE ISLAND 113
is, to take time by the forelock, as the saying is,
and come to blows some fine day when they least
expect it. We can count, I take it, on your own
home servants, Mr. Trelawney?"
" As upon myself," declared the squire.
' Three," reckoned the captain, " ourselves
make seven, counting Hawkins, here. Now,
about the honest hands ? "
" Most likely Trelawney's own men," said the
doctor; "those he had picked up for himself,
before he lit on Silver."
" Nay," replied the squire, " Hands was one of
mine."
" I did think I could have trusted Hands,"
added the captain.
" And to think that they 're all Englishmen ! "
broke out the squire. " Sir, I could find it in my
heart to blow the ship up."
" Well, gentlemen," said the captain, " the best
that I can say is not much. We must lay to, if
you please, and keep a bright look-out. It 's try-
ing on a man, I know. It would be pleasanter to
come to blows. But there 's no help for it till we
know our men. Lay to, and whistle for a wind,
that 's my view."
" Jim here," said the doctor, " can help us more
than any one. The men are not shy with him,
and Jim is a noticing lad."
VOL. vi. — 8 v
n4 TREASURE ISLAND
" Hawkins, I put prodigious faith in you,"
added the squire.
I began to feel pretty desperate at this, for I
felt altogether helpless; and yet, by an odd train
of circumstances, it was indeed through me that
safety came. In the meantime, talk as we pleased,
there were only seven out of the twenty-six on
whom we knew we could rely; and out of these
seven one was a boy, so that the grown men on
our side were six to their nineteen.
PART III
MY SHORE ADVENTURE
CHAPTER XIII
HOW MY SHORE ADVENTURE BEGAN
THE appearance of the island when I
came on deck next morning was alto-
gether changed. Although the breeze
had now utterly ceased, we had made a great
deal of way during the night, and were now lying
becalmed about half a mile to the south-east of
the low eastern coast. Grey-coloured woods cov-
ered a large part of the surface. This even tint
was indeed broken up by streaks of yellow
sandbreak in the lower lands, and by many tall
trees of the pine family, out-topping the others
— some singly, some in clumps; but the general
colouring was uniform and sad. The hills ran
up clear above the vegetation in spires of naked
rock. All were strangely shaped, and the Spy-
glass, which was by three or four hundred feet the
tallest on the island, was likewise the strangest
in configuration, running up sheer from almost
every side, and then suddenly cut off at the top
like a pedestal to put a statue on.
The Hispaniola was rolling scuppers under in
u8 TREASURE ISLAND
the ocean swell. The booms were tearing at the
blocks, the rudder was banging to and fro, and
the whole ship creaking, groaning, and jumping
like a manufactory. I had to cling tight to the
backstay, and the world turned giddily before my
eyes; for though I was a good enough sailor
when there was way on, this standing still and
being rolled about like a bottle was a thing I
never learned to stand without a qualm or so,
above all in the morning, on an empty stomach.
Perhaps it was this — perhaps it was the look
of the island, with its grey, melancholy woods,
and wild stone spires, and the surf that we could
both see and hear foaming and thundering on the
steep beach — at least, although the sun shone
bright and hot, and the shore birds were fishing
and crying all around us, and you would have
thought any one would have been glad to get to
land after being so long at sea, my heart sank, as
the saying is, into my boots; and from that first
look onward, I hated the very thought of Treasure
Island.
We had a dreary morning's work before us, for
there was no sign of any wind, and the boats had to
be got out and manned, and the ship warped three
or four miles round the corner of the island, and
up the narrow passage to the haven behind Skele-
ton Island. I volunteered for one of the boats,
TREASURE ISLAND 119
where I had, of course, no business. The heat was
sweltering, and the men grumbled fiercely over their
work. Anderson was in command of my boat, and
instead of keeping the crew in order, he grumbled
as loud as the worst.
"Well," he said, with an oath, "it's not for
ever."
I thought this was a very bad sign; for, up to
that day, the men had gone briskly and willingly
about their business; but the very sight of the
island had relaxed the cords of discipline.
All the way in, Long John stood by the steers-
man and conned the ship. He knew the passage
like the palm of his hand ; and though the man in
the chains got eve; /where more water than was
down in the chart, Joh. ^er hesitated once.
" There 's a strong scoui .1 the ebb," he said,
" and this here passage has oeen dug out, in a
manner of speaking, with a spade."
We brought up just where the anchor was in the
chart, about a third of a mile from each shore,
the mainland on one side, and Skeleton Island
on the other. The bottom was clean sand. The
plunge of our anchor sent up clouds of birds
wheeling and crying over the woods; but in less
than a minute they were down again, and all was
once more silent.
The place was entirely land-locked, buried in
120 TREASURE ISLAND
woods, the trees coming right down to high-water
mark, the shores mostly flat, and the hilltops stand-
ing round at a distance in a sort of amphitheatre,
one here, one there. Two little rivers, or, rather,
two swamps, emptied out into this pond, as you
might call it; and the foliage round that part of
the shore had a kind of poisonous brightness.
From the ship, we could see nothing of the house
or stockade, for they were quite buried among
trees; and if it had not been for the chart on the
companion, we might have been the first that had
ever anchored there since the island arose out of
the seas.
There was not a breath of air moving, nor a
sound but that of the surf booming half a mile
away along the beaches and against the rocks out-
side. A peculiar stagnant smell hung over the
anchorage — a smell of sodden leaves and rotting
tree trunks. I observed the doctor sniffing and
sniffing, like some one tasting a bad egg.
" I don't know about treasure," he said, " but
I '11 stake my wig there 's fever here."
If the conduct of the men had been alarming in
the boat, it became truly threatening when they
had come aboard. They lay about the deck growl-
ing together in talk. The slightest order was re-
ceived with a black look, and grudgingly and
carelessly obeyed. Even the honest hands must
TREASURE ISLAND 121
have caught the infection, for there was not one
man aboard to mend another. Mutiny, it was
plain, hung over us like a thunder-cloud.
And it was not only we of the cabin party who
perceived the danger. Long John was hard at
work going from group to group, spending himself
in good advice, and as for example no man could
have shown a better. He fairly outstripped him-
self in willingness and civility; he was all smiles
to every one. If an order were given, John would
be on his crutch in an instant, with the cheeriest
" Ay, ay, sir! " in the world; and when there was
nothing else to do, he kept up one song after
another, as if to conceal the discontent of the rest.
Of all the gloomy features of that gloomy after-
noon, this obvious anxiety on the part of Long
John appeared the worst.
We held a council in the cabin.
" Sir," said the captain, " if I risk another order,
the whole ship '11 come about our ears by the run.
You see, sir, here it is. I get a rough answer, do
I not? Well, if I speak back, pikes will be going
in two shakes ; if I don't, Silver will see there 's
something under that, and the game 's up. Now,
we 've only one man to rely on."
" And who is that ? " asked the squire.
" Silver, sir," returned the captain ; " he 's as
anxious as you and I to smother things up. This
122 TREASURE ISLAND
is a tiff; he 'd soon talk 'em out of it if he had the
chance, and what I propose to do is give him the
chance. Let 's allow the men an afternoon ashore.
If they all go, why, we '11 fight the ship. If they
none of them go, well, then, we hold the cabin, and
God defend the right. If some go, you mark my
words, sir, Silver '11 bring 'em aboard again as
mild as lambs."
It was so decided ; loaded pistols were served out
to all the sure men; Hunter, Joyce, and Redruth
were taken into our confidence, and received the
news with less surprise and a better spirit than we
had looked for, and then the captain went on deck
and addressed the crew.
" My lads," said he, " we 've had a hot day, and
are all tired and out of sorts. A turn ashore '11
hurt nobody — the boats are still in the water ; you
can take the gigs, and as many as please may go
ashore for the afternoon. I '11 fire a gun half an
hour before sundown."
I believe the silly fellows must have thought
they would break their shins over treasure as soon
as they were landed; for they all came out of
their sulks in a moment, and gave a cheer that
started the echo in a far-away hill, and sent the
birds once more flying and squalling round the
anchorage.
The captain was too bright to be in the way.
TREASURE ISLAND 123
He whipped out of sight in a moment, leaving
Silver to arrange the party; and I fancy it was
as well he did so. Had he been on deck, he could
no longer so much as have pretended not to un-
derstand the situation. It was as plain as day.
Silver was the captain, and a mighty rebellious
crew he had of it. The honest hands — and I
was soon to see it proved that there were such
on board — must have been very stupid fellows.
Or, rather, I suppose the truth was this, that all
hands were disaffected by the example of the
ringleaders — only some more, some less; and a
few, being good fellows in the main, could neither
be led nor driven any further. It is one thing to
be idle and skulk, and quite another to take a
ship and murder a number of innocent men. ..
At last, however, the party was made up. Six
fellows were to stay on board, and the remaining
thirteen, including Silver, began to embark.
Then it was that there came into my head the
first of the mad notions that contributed so much
to save our lives. If six men were left by Silver,
it was plain our party could not take and fight
the ship; and since only six were left, it was
equally plain that the cabin party had no present
need of my assistance. It occurred to me at once
to go ashore. In a jiffy I had slipped over the
side, and curled up in the fore-sheets of the near-
i24 TREASURE ISLAND
est boat, and almost at the same moment she
shoved off.
No one took notice of me, only the bow oar
saying, " Is that you, Jim ? Keep your head
down." But Silver, from the other boat, looked
sharply over and called out to know if that were
me; and from that moment I began to regret
what I had done.
The crews raced for the beach; but the boat I
was in, having some start, and being at once the
lighter and the better manned, shot far ahead of
her consort, and the bow had struck among the
shore-side trees, and I had caught a branch and
swung myself out, and plunged into the nearest
thicket, while Silver and the rest were still a hun-
dred yards behind.
" Jim, Jim ! " I heard him shouting.
But you may suppose I paid no heed; jumping,
ducking, and breaking through, I ran straight be-
fore my nose, till I could run no longer.
CHAPTER XIV
THE FIRST BLOW
I WAS so pleased at having given the slip to
Long John, that I began to enjoy myself
and look around me with some interest on
the strange land that I was in.
I had crossed a marshy tract full of willows,
bulrushes, and odd, outlandish, swampy trees ; and
I had now come out upon the skirts of an open
piece of undulating, sandy country, about a mile
long, dotted with a few pines, and a great num-
ber of contorted trees, not unlike the oak in
growth, but pale in the foliage, like willows. On
the far side of the open stood one of the hills,
with two quaint, craggy peaks, shining vividly in
the sun.
I now felt for the first time the joy of explora-
tion. The isle was uninhabited ; my shipmates I
had left behind, and nothing lived in front of me
but dumb brutes and fowls. I turned hither and
thither among the trees. Here and there were
flowering plants, unknown to me; here and there
I saw snakes, and one raised his head from a
126 TREASURE ISLAND
ledge of rock and hissed at me with a noise not
unlike the spinning of a top. Little did I sup-
pose that he was a deadly enemy, and that the
noise was the famous rattle.
Then I came to a long thicket of these oak-
like trees — live, or evergreen, oaks, I heard after-
wards they should be called — which grew low
along the sand like brambles, the boughs curiously
twisted, the foliage compact, like thatch. The
thicket stretched down from the top of one of
the sandy knolls, spreading and growing taller as
it went, until it reached the margin of the broad,
reedy fen, through which the nearest of the
little rivers soaked its way into the anchorage.
The marsh was steaming in the strong sun, and
the outline of the Spy-glass trembled through the
haze.
All at once there began to go a sort of bustle
among the bulrushes; a wild duck flew up with
a quack, another followed, and soon over the
whole surface of the marsh a great cloud of birds
hung screaming and circling in the air. I judged
at once that some of my shipmates must be draw-
ing near along the borders of the fen. Nor was
I deceived ; for soon I heard the very distant and
low tones of a human voice, which, as I continued
to give ear, grew steadily louder and^nearer.
This put me in a great fear, and I crawled
TREASURE ISLAND 127
under cover of the nearest live-oak, and squatted
there, hearkening, as silent as a mouse.
Another voice answered; and then the first
voice, which I now recognised to be Silver's, once
more took up the story, and ran on for a long
while in a stream, only now and again interrupted
by the other. By the sound they must have been
talking earnestly, and almost fiercely; but no dis-
tinct word came to my hearing.
At last the speakers seemed to have paused, and
perhaps to have sat down; for not only did they
cease to draw any nearer, but the birds them-
selves began to grow more quiet, and to settle
again to their places in the swamp.
And now I began to feel that I was neglecting
my business; that since I had been so foolhardy
as to come ashore with these desperadoes, the
least I could do was to overhear them at their
councils; and that my plain and obvious duty
was to draw as close as I could manage, under
the favourable ambush of the crouching trees.
I could tell the direction of the speakers pretty
exactly, not only by the sound of their voices, but
by the behaviour of the few birds that still hung
in alarm above the heads of the intruders.
Crawling on all-fours, I made steadily but
slowly towards them; till at last, raising my
head to an aperture among the leaves, I could
128 TREASURE ISLAND
see clear down into a little green dell beside the
marsh, and closely set about with trees, where
Long John Silver and another of the crew stood
face to face in conversation.
The sun beat full upon them. Silver had
thrown his hat beside him on the ground, and
his great, smooth, blond face, all shining with
heat, was lifted to the other man's in a kind of
appeal.
•" Mate," he was saying, " it 's because I thinks
gold dust of you — gold dust, and you may lay
to that ! If I had n't took to you like pitch, do
you think I 'd have been here a- warning of you ?
All 's up — you- can't make nor mend ; it 's to
save your neck that I 'm a-speaking, and if one
of the wild 'uns knew it, where 'ud I be, Tom
— now, tell me, where 'ud I be ? "
" Silver," said the other man — and I observed
he was not only red in the face, but spoke as
hoarse as a crow, and his voice shook, too, like a
taut rope — " Silver," says he, " you 're old, and
you 're honest, or has the name for it ; and you 've
money, too, which lots of poor sailors has n't ;
and you 're brave, or I 'm mistook. And will
you tell me you '11 let yourself be led away with
that kind of a mess of swabs? not you! As sure
as God sees me, I'd sooner lose my- hand. If I
turn agin my dooty "
TREASURE ISLAND 129
And then all of a sudden he was interrupted
by a noise. I had found one of the honest hands
— well, here, at that same moment, came news
of another. Far away out in the marsh there
arose, all of a sudden, a sound like the cry of
anger, then another on the back of it ; and then
one horrid, long-drawn scream. The rocks of the
Spy-glass re-echoed it a score of times ; the whole
troop of marsh-birds rose again, darkening heaven,
with a simultaneous whirr; and long after that
death yell was still ringing in my brain, silence
had re-established its empire, and only the rustle
of the redescending birds and the boom of the
distant surges disturbed the languor of the
afternoon.
Tom had leaped at the sound, like a horse at
the spur; but Silver had not winked an eye. He
stood where he was, resting lightly on his crutch,
watching his companion like a snake about to
spring.
" John ! " said the sailor, stretching out his hand.
"Hands off!" cried Silver, leaping back a
yard, as it seemed to me, with the speed and
security of a trained gymnast.
" Hands off, if you like, John Silver," said the
other. " It 's a black conscience that can make
you feared of me. But, in heaven's name, tell
me what was that?"
130 TREASURE ISLAND
:'That?" returned Silver, smiling away, but
warier than ever, his eye a mere pin-point in his
big face, but gleaming like a crumb of glass.
"That? Oh, I reckon that'll be Alan."
And at this poor Tom flashed out like a hero.
" Alan ! " he cried. " Then rest his soul for a
true seaman! And as for you, John Silver, long
you 've been a mate of mine, but you 're mate of
mine no more. If I die like a dog, I '11 die in my
dooty. You 've killed Alan, have you ? Kill me.
too, if you can. But I defies you."
And with that, this brave fellow turned his
back directly on the cook, and set off walking
for the beach. But he was not destined to go
far. With a cry, John seized the branch of a
tree, whipped the crutch out of his armpit, and
sent that uncouth missile hurtling through the
air. It struck poor Tom, point foremost, and
with stunning violence, right between the shoulders
in the middle of his back. His hands flew up,
he gave a sort of gasp, and fell.
Whether he were injured much or little, none
could ever tell. Like enough, to judge from the
sound, his back was broken on the spot. But he
had no time given him to recover. Silver, agile
as a monkey, even without leg or crutch, was on
the top of him next moment, and" had twice
buried his knife up to the hilt in that defenceless
TREASURE ISLAND 131
1)ody. From my place of ambush, I could hear
him pant aloud as he struck the blows.
I do not know what it rightly is to faint, but
I do know that for the next little while the whole
world swam away from before me in a whirling-
mist; Silver and the birds, and the tall Spy-glass
hilltop, going round and round and topsy-turvy
before my eyes, and all manner of bells ringing
and distant voices shouting in my ear.
When I came again to myself, the monster had
pulled himself together, his crutch under his arm,
his hat upon his head. Just before him Tom lay
motionless upon the sward; but the murderer
minded him not a whit, cleansing his blood-
stained knife the while upon a wisp of grass.
Everything else was unchanged, the sun still shin-
ing mercilessly on the steaming marsh and the
tall pinnacle of the mountain, and I could scarce
persuade myself that murder had been actually
done, and a human life cruelly cut short a moment
since, before my eyes.
But now John put his hand into his pocket,
brought out a whistle, and blew upon it several
modulated blasts, that rang far across the heated
air. I could not tell, of course, the meaning of
the signal; but it instantly awoke my fears.
More men would be coming. I might be dis-
covered. They had already slain two of the
132 TREASURE ISLAND
honest people; after Tom and Alan, might not
I come next?
Instantly I began to extricate myself and crawl
back again, with what speed and silence I could
manage, to the more open portion of the wood.
As I did so, I could hear hails coming and going
between the old buccaneer and his comrades, and
this sound of danger lent me wings. As soon as
I was clear of the thicket, I ran as I never ran
before, scarce minding the direction of my flight,
so long as it led me from the murderers; and as
I ran, fear grew and grew upon me, until it turned
into a kind of frenzy.
Indeed, could any one be more entirely lost
than I? When the gun fired, how should I dare
to go down to the boats among those fiends, still
smoking from their crime? Would not the first
of them who saw me wring my neck like a
snipe's? Would not my absence itself be an evi-
dence to them of my alarm, and therefore of my
fatal knowledge? It was all over, I thought.
Good-bye to the Hispaniola; good-bye to the
squire, the doctor, and the captain! There was
nothing left for me but death by starvation, or
death by the hands of the mutineers.
All this while, as I say, I was still running, and,
without taking any notice, I had drawn near to
the foot of the little hill with the two peaks, and
TREASURE ISLAND 133
had got into a part of the island where the live-
oaks grew more widely apart, and seemed more
like forest trees in their bearing and dimensions.
Mingled with these were a few scattered pines,
some fifty, some nearer seventy, feet high. The
air, too, smelt more freshly than down beside the
marsh.
And here a fresh alarm brought me to a stand
still with a thumping heart.
FROM the side of the hill, which was here
steep and stony, a spout of gravel was
dislodged, and fell rattling and bounding
through the trees. My eyes turned instinctively
in that direction, and I saw a figure leap with
great rapidity behind the trunk of a pine. What
it was, whether bear or man or monkey, I could
in no wise tell. It seemed dark and shaggy;
more I knew not. But the terror of this new
apparition brought me to a stand.
I was now, it seemed, cut off upon both sides;
behind me the murderers, before me this lurking
nondescript. And immediately I began to pre-
fer the dangers that I knew to those I knew not.
Silver himself appeared less terrible in contrast
with this creature of the woods, and I turned on
my heel, and, looking sharply behind me over my
shoulder, began to retrace my steps in the direc-
tion of the boats.
Instantly the figure reappeared, and, making a
wide circuit, began to head me off. I was tired,
TREASURE ISLAND 135
at any rate; but had I been as fresh as when I
rose, I could see it was in vain for me to contend
in speed with such an adversary. From trunk to
trunk the creature flitted like a deer, running
manlike on two legs, but unlike any man that I
had ever seen, stooping almost double as it ran.
Yet a man it was, I could no longer be in doubt
about that.
I began to recall what I had heard of canni-
bals. I was within an ace of calling for help.
But the mere fact that he was a man, however
wild, had somewhat reassured me, and my fear
of Silver began to revive in proportion. I stood
still, therefore, and cast about for some method
of escape ; and as I was so thinking, the recol-
lection of my pistol flashed into my mind. As
soon as I remembered I was not defenceless,
courage glowed again in my heart; and I set
my face resolutely for this man of the island,
and walked briskly towards him.
He was concealed, by this time, behind another
tree trunk; but he must have been watching me
closely, for as soon as I began to move in his
direction he reappeared and took a step to meet
me. Then he hesitated, drew back, came for-
ward again, and at last, to my wonder and con-
fusion, threw himself on his knees and held out
his clasped hands in supplication.
136 TREASURE ISLAND
At that I once more stopped.
" Who are you ? " I asked.
" Ben Gunn," he answered, and his voice sounded
hoarse and awkward, like a rusty lock. " I 'm
poor Ben Gunn, I am ; and I have n't spoke with
a Christian these three years."
I could now see that he was a white man like
myself, and that his features were even pleasing.
His skin, wherever it was exposed, was burnt by
the sun; even his lips were black; and his fair
eyes looked quite startling in so dark a face. Of
all the beggar-men that I had seen or fancied, he
was the chief for raggedness. He was clothed
with tatters of old ship's canvas and old sea cloth ;
and this extraordinary patchwork was all held to-
gether by a system of the most various and in-
congruous fastenings, brass buttons, bits of stick,
and loops of tarry gaskin. About his waist he
wore an old brass-buckled leather belt, which was
the one thing solid in his whole accoutrement.
" Three years ! " I cried. " Were you ship-
wrecked ? "
" Nay, mate," said he — " marooned."
I had heard the word, and I knew it stood for
a horrible kind of punishment common enough
among the buccaneers, in which the offender is put
ashore with a little powder and shot, and left
behind on some desolate and distant island.
TREASURE ISLAND 137
" Marooned three years agone," he continued,
" and lived on goats since then, and berries, and
oysters. Wherever a man is, says I, a man can do
for himself. But, mate, my heart is sore for Chris-
tian diet. You might n't happen to have a piece
of cheese about you, now ? No ? Well, many 's
the long night I Ve dreamed of cheese — toasted,
mostly — and woke up again, and here I were."
" If ever I can get aboard again," said I, " you
shall have cheese by the stone."
All this time he had been feeling the stuff of my
jacket, smoothing my hands, looking at my boots,
and generally, in the intervals of his speech, show-
ing a childish pleasure in the presence of a fellow-
creature. But at my last words he perked up into
a kind of startled slyness.
" If ever you can get aboard again, says you? "
he repeated. " Why, now, who 's to hinder you ? "
" Not you, I know," was my reply.
" And right you was," he cried. " Now you —
what do you call yourself, mate? "
" Jim," I told him.
" Jim, Jim," says he, quite pleased apparently.
" Well, now, Jim, I 've lived that rough as you 'd
be ashamed to hear of. Now, for instance, you
would n't think I had had a pious mother — to
look at me? " he asked.
" Why, no, not in particular," I answered.
138 TREASURE ISLAND
"Ah, well," said he, "but I had — remarkable
pious. And I was a civil, pious boy, and could
rattle off my catechism that fast, as you could n't
tell one word from another. And here 's what it
come to, Jim, and it begun with chuck-farthen on
the blessed grave-stones ! That 's what it begun
with, but it went further 'n that ; and so my mother
told me, and predicked the whole, she did, the pious
woman ! But it were Providence that put me here.
I 've thought it all out in this here lonely island,
and I 'm back on piety. You don't catch me tasting
rum so much; but just a thimbleful for luck, of
course, the first chance I have. I 'm bound I '11
be good, and I see the way to. And, Jim " —
looking all round him, and lowering his voice to a
whisper — "I 'm rich."
I now felt sure that the poor fellow had gone
crazy in his solitude, and I suppose I must have
shown the feeling in my face; for he repeated the
statement hotly:
" Rich ! rich ! I says. And I '11 tell you what :
I '11 make a man of you, Jim. Ah, Jim, you '11
bless your stars, you will, you was the first that
found me ! "
And at this there came suddenly a lowering
shadow over his face, and he tightened his grasp
upon my hand, and raised a forefinger threaten-
ingly before my eyes.
TREASURE ISLAND 139
" Now, Jim, you tell me true: that ain't Flint's
ship ? " he asked.
At this I had a happy inspiration. I began to
believe that I had found an ally, and I answered
him at once.
" It 's not Flint's ship, and Flint is dead ; but
I '11 tell you true, as you ask me — there are some
of Flint's hands aboard; worse luck for the rest
of us."
" Not a man — with one — leg? " he gasped.
"Silver?" I asked.
" Ah, Silver ! " says he ; " that were his name."
" He 's the cook; and the ringleader, too."
He was still holding me by the wrist, and at that
he gave it quite a wring.
" If you was sent by Long John," he said, " I 'm
as good as pork, and I know it. But where was
you, do you suppose? "
I had made my mind up in a moment, and by
way of answer told him the whole story of our
voyage, and the predicament in which we found
ourselves. He heard me with the keenest inter-
est, and when I had done he patted me on the
head.
" You 're a good lad, Jim," he said ; " and you 're
all in a clove hitch, ain't you? Well, you just put
your trust in Ben Gunn — Ben Gunn 's the man to
do it. Would you think it likely, now, that your
1 40 TREASURE ISLAND
squire would prove a liberal-minded one in case of
help — him being in a clove hitch, as you remark? "
I told him the squire was the most liberal of men.
" Ay, but you see," returned Ben Gunn, " I
did n't mean giving me a gate to keep, and a shuit
of livery clothes, and such ; that 's not my mark,
Jim. What I mean is, would he be likely to come
down to the toon of, say one thousand pounds out
of money that 's as good as a man's own already ? "
" I am sure he would," said I. " As it was, all
hands were to share."
" And a passage home? " he added, with a look
of great shrewdness.
" Why/' I cried, " the squire 's a gentleman.
And besides, if we got rid of the others, we should
want you to help work the vessel home."
" Ah," said he, " so you would." And he
seemed very much relieved.
" Now, I '11 tell you what," he went on. " So
much I '11 tell you, and no more. I were in Flint's
ship when he buried the treasure ; he and six along
— six strong seamen. They was ashore nigh on
a week, and us standing off and on in the old
Walrus. One fine day up went the signal, and here
come Flint by himself in a little boat, and his
head done up in a blue scarf. The sun was getting
up, and mortal white he looked abouUthe cutwater.
But, there he was, you mind, and the six all dead —
TREASURE ISLAND 141
dead and buried. How he done it, not a man
aboard us could make out. It was battle, murder,
and sudden death, leastways — him against six.
Billy Bones was the mate; Long John, he was
quartermaster; and they asked him where the
treasure was. ' Ah,' says he, ' you can go ashore,
if you like, and stay,' he says ; ' but as for the ship,
she '11 beat up for more, by thunder ! ' That 's
what he said.
" Well, I was in another ship three years back,
and we sighted this island. ' Boys,' said I, ' here 's
Flint's treasure; let 's land and find it.' The cap'n
was displeased at that; but my messmates were
all of a mind, and landed. Twelve days they looked
for it, and every day they had the worse word for
me, until one fine morning all hands went aboard.
'As for you, Benjamin Gunn,' says they, 'here's
a musket/ they says, ' and a spade, and pickaxe.
You can stay here, and find Flint's money for
yourself,' they says.
" Well, Jim, three years have I been here, and
not a bite of Christian diet from that day to this.
But now, you look here; look at me. Do I look
like a man before the mast? No, says you. Nor
I weren't, neither, I says."
And with that he winked and pinched me hard.
" Just you mention them words to your squire,
Jim " — he went on : " Nor he were n't neither —
i42 TREASURE ISLAND
that 's the words. Three years he were the man of
this island, light and dark, fair and rain ; and some-
times he would, maybe, think upon a prayer (says
you), and sometimes he would, maybe, think of his
old mother, so be as she 's alive (you '11 say) ; but
the most part of Gunn's time (this is what you '11
say) — the most part of his time was took up with
another matter. And then you '11 give him a nip,
like I do."
And he pinched me again in the most confi-
dential manner.
" Then," he continued — " then you '11 up, and
you '11 say this : — Gunn is a good man (you '11
say), and he puts a precious sight more confi-
dence — a precious sight, mind that — in a gen'le-
man born than in these gen'lemen of fortune,
having been one hisself."
" Well," I said, " I don't understand one word
that you Ve been saying. But that 's neither here
nor there, for how am I to get on board ? "
"Ah," said he, "that's the hitch, for sure.
Well, there 's my boat, that I made with my two
hands. I keep her under the white rock. If the
worst come to the worst, we might try that after
dark. Hi ! " he broke out, " what 's that? "
For just then, although the sun had still an
hour or two to run, all the echoes of the island
awoke and bellowed to the thunder of a cannon.
TREASURE ISLAND 143
"They have begun to fight!" I cried. "Fol-
low me."
And I began to run towards the anchorage, my
terrors all forgotten; while, close at my side, the
marooned man in his goatskins trotted easily and
lightly.
"Left, left," says he; "keep to your left hand,
mate Jim ! Under the trees with you ! Theer 's
where I killed my first goat. They don't come
down here now ; they 're all mastheaded on them
mountings for the fear of Benjamin Gunn. Ah!
and there 's the cetemery " — cemetery, he must
have meant. " You see the mounds ? I come
here and prayed, nows and thens, when I thought
maybe a Sunday would be about doo. It were n't
quite a chapel, but it seemed more solemn like;
and then, says you, Ben Gunn was short-handed
— no chapling, nor so much as a Bible and a
flag, you says."
So he kept talking as I ran, neither expecting
nor receiving any answer.
The cannon-shot was followed, after a consider-
able interval, by a volley of small arms.
Another pause, and then, not a quarter of a
mile in front of me, I beheld the Union Jack
flutter in the air above a wood.
PART IV
THE STOCKADE
CHAPTER XVI
NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR:
HOW THE SHIP WAS ABANDONED
IT was about half-past one — three bells in the
sea phrase — that the two boats went ashore
from the Hispaniola. The captain, the squire,
and I were talking matters over in the cabin.
Had there been a breath of wind, we should have
fallen on the six mutineers who were left aboard
with us, slipped our cable, and away to sea. But
the wind was wanting; and, to complete our help-
lessness, down came Hunter with the news that
Jim Hawkins had slipped into a boat and was
gone ashore with the rest.
It never occurred to us to doubt Jim Hawkins;
but we were alarmed for his safety. With the
men in the temper they were in, it seemed an
even chance if we should see the lad again. We
ran on deck. The pitch was bubbling in the
seams; the nasty stench of the place turned me
sick; if ever a man smelt fever and dysentery,
it was in that abominable anchorage. The six
scoundrels were sitting grumbling under a sail in
148 TREASURE ISLAND
the forecastle; ashore we could see the gigs made
fast, and a man sitting in each, hard by where
the river runs in. One of them was whistling
" Lillibullero."
Waiting was a strain; and it was decided that
Hunter and I should go ashore with the jolly-
boat, in quest of information.
The gigs had leaned to their right; but Hunter
and I pulled straight in, in the direction of the
stockade upon the chart. The two who were left
guarding their boats seemed in a bustle at our
appearance; "Lillibullero" stopped off, and I
could see the pair discussing what they ought to
do. Had they gone and told Silver, all might
have turned out differently; but they had their
orders, I suppose, and decided to sit quietly where
they were and hark back again to " Lillibullero."
There was a slight bend in the coast, and I
steered so as to put it between us; even before
we landed we had thus lost sight of the gigs. I
jumped out and came as near running as I durst,
with a big silk handkerchief under my hat for
coolness' sake, and a brace of pistols ready primed
for safety.
I had not gone a hundred yards when I reached
the stockade.
This was how it was: a spring of clear water
rose almost at the top of a knoll. Well, on the
TREASURE ISLAND 149
knoll, and enclosing the spring, they had clapped
a stout log-house, fit to hold two score of people
on a pinch, and loopholed for musketry on every
side. All round this they had cleared a wide
space, and then the thing was completed by a
paling six feet high, without door or opening, too
strong to pull down without time and labour, and
too open to shelter the besiegers. The people in
the log-house had them in every way; they stood
quiet. in shelter and shot the others like partridges.
All they wanted was a good watch and food ; for,
short of a complete surprise, they might have held
the place against a regiment.
What particularly took my fancy was the spring.
For, though we had a good enough place of it in
the cabin of the Hispaniola, with plenty of arms
and ammunition, and things to eat, and excellent
wines, there had been one thing overlooked — we
had no water. I was thinking this over, when
there came ringing over the island the cry of a
man at the point of death. I was not new to vio-
lent death — I have served his Royal Highness
the Duke of Cumberland, and got a wound my-
self at Fontenoy — but I know my pulse went dot
and carry one. " Jim Hawkins is gone," was my
first thought.
It is something to have been an old soldier, but
more still to have been a doctor. There is no
150 TREASURE ISLAND
time to dilly-dally in our work. And so now I
made up my mind instantly, and with no time
lost returned to the shore, and jumped on board
the jolly-boat.
By good fortune Hunter pulled a good oar. We
made the water fly ; and the boat was soon along-
side, and I aboard the schooner.
I found them all shaken, as was natural. The
squire was sitting down, as white as a sheet,
thinking of the harm he had led us to, the. good
soul ! and one of the six forecastle hands was
little better.
" There 's a man," says Captain Smollett, nod-
ding towards him, " new to this work. He came
nigh-hand fainting, doctor, when he heard the
cry. Another touch of the rudder and that man
would join us."
I told my plan to the captain, and between us
we settled on the details of its accomplishment.
We put old Redruth in the gallery between the
cabin and the forecastle, with three or four loaded
muskets and a mattress for protection. Hunter
brought the boat round under the stern-port, and
Joyce and I set to work loading her with powder-
tins, muskets, bags of biscuits, kegs of pork, a
cask of cognac, and my invaluable medicine-
chest.
In the meantime, the squire and the captain
TREASURE ISLAND 151
stayed on deck, and the latter hailed the cox-
swain, who was the principal man aboard.
" Mr. Hands," he said, " here are two of us
with a brace of pistols each. If any one of you
six makes a signal of any description, that man 's
dead."
They were a good deal taken aback; and, after
a little consultation, one and all tumbled down the
fore companion, thinking, no doubt, to take us on
the rear. But when they saw Redruth waiting
for them in the sparred gallery, they went about
ship at once, and a head popped out again on
deck.
" Down, dog ! " cries the captain.
And the head popped back again ; and we heard
no more, for the time, of these six very faint-
hearted seamen.
By this time, tumbling things in as they came,
we had the jolly-boat loaded as much as we dared.
Joyce and I got out through the stern-port, and
we made for shore again, as fast as oars could
take us.
This second trip fairly aroused the watchers
along shore. " Lillibullero " was dropped again ;
and just before we lost sight of them behind the
little point, one of them whipped ashore and dis-
appeared. I had half a mind to change my plan
and destroy their boats, but I feared that Silver
152 TREASURE ISLAND
and the others might be close at hand, and all
might very well be lost by trying for too much.
We had soon touched land in the same place as
before, and set to provision the block-house. All
three made the first journey, heavily laden, and
tossed our stores over the palisade. Then, leav-
ing Joyce to guard them — one man, to be sure,
but with half-a-dozen muskets — Hunter and I
returned to the jolly-boat, and loaded ourselves
once more. So we proceeded without pausing to
take breath, till the whole cargo was bestowed,
when the two servants took up their position in
the block-house, and I, with all my power, sculled
back to the Hispaniola.
That we should have risked a second boat-load
seems more daring than it really was. They had
the advantage of numbers, of course, but we had
the advantage of arms. Not one of the men ashore
had a musket, and before they could get within
range for pistol shooting, we flattered ourselves
we should be able to give a good account of a half-
dozen at least.
The squire was waiting for me at the stern win-
dow, all his faintness gone from him. He caught
the painter and made it fast, and we fell to loading
the boat for our very lives. Pork, powder, and
biscuit was the cargo, with only a musket and a
cutlass apiece for the squire and me and Redruth
TREASURE ISLAND 153
and the captain. The rest of the arms and powder
we dropped overboard in two fathoms and a half
of water, so that we could see the bright steel shin-
ing far below us in the sun, on the clean, sandy
bottom.
By this time the tide was beginning to ebb, and
the ship was swinging round to her anchor. Voices
were heard faintly halloaing in the direction of the
two gigs ; and though this reassured us for Joyce
and Hunter, who were well to the eastward, it
warned our party to be off.
Redruth retreated from his place in the gallery4,
and dropped into the boat, which we then brought
round to the ship's counter, to be handier for
Captain Smollett.
" Now, men," said he, " do you hear me? "
There was no answer from the forecastle.
"It's to you, Abraham Gray — it's to you I
am speaking."
Still no reply.
" Gray," resumed Mr. Smollett, a little louder,
" I am leaving this ship, and I order you to follow
your captain. I know you are a good man at bot-
tom, and I dare say not one of the lot of you 's as
bad as he makes out. I have my watch here in
my hand; I give you thirty seconds to join me
in."
There was a pause.
i54 TREASURE ISLAND
" Come, my fine fellow," continued the captain,
" don't hang so long in stays. I 'm risking my
life, and the lives of these good gentlemen, every
second/'
There was a sudden scuffle, a sound of blows,
and out burst Abraham Gray with a knife-cut on
the side of the cheek, and came running to the
captain, like a dog to the whistle.
" I 'm with you, sir," said he.
And the next moment he and the captain had
propped aboard of us, and we had shoved off and
given way.
We were clear out of the ship; but not yet
ashore in our staekade.
CHAPTER XVII
NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR:
THE JOLLY-BOAT'S LAST TRIP
THIS fifth trip was quite different from
any of the others. In the first place,
the little gallipot of a boat that we were
in was gravely overloaded. Five grown men, and
three of them — Trelawney, Redruth, and the cap-
tain— over six feet high, was already more than
she was meant to carry. Add to that the powder,
pork, and bread-bags. The gunwale was lipping
astern. Several times we shipped a little water,
and my breeches and the tails of my coat were all
soaking wet before we had gone a hundred yards.
The captain made us trim the boat, and we got
her to lie a little more evenly. All the same, we
were afraid to breathe.
In the second place, the ebb was now making
— a strong rippling current running westward
through the basin, and then south'ard and sea-
ward down the straits by which we had entered
in the morning. Even the ripples were a danger
to our overloaded craft; but the worst of k was
156 TREASURE ISLAND
that we were swept out of our true course, and
away from our proper landing-place behind the
point. If we let the current have its way we
should come ashore beside the gigs, where the
pirates might appear at any moment.
" I cannot keep her head for the stockade, sir,"
said I to the captain. I was steering, while he
and Redruth, two fresh men, were at the oars.
" The tide keeps washing her down. Could you
pull a little stronger ? "
" Not without swamping the boat," said he.
" You must bear up, sir, if you please — bear up
until you see you 're gaining."
I tried, and found by experiment that the tide
kept sweeping us westward until I had laid her
head due east, or just about right angles to the
way we ought to go.
" We '11 never get ashore at this rate," said I.
" If it 's the only course that we can lie, sir, we
must even lie it," returned the captain. " We must
keep upstream. You see, sir," he went on, " if
once we dropped to leeward of the landing-place,
it 's hard to say where we should get ashore,
besides the chance of being boarded by the
gigs; whereas, the way we go the current must
slacken, and then we can dodge back along the
shore."
" The current 's less a' ready, sir," said the man
TREASURE ISLAND 157
Gray, who was sitting in the fore-sheets ; " you can
ease her off a bit."
" Thank you, my man," said I, quite as if noth-
ing had happened; for we had all quietly made
up our minds to treat him like one of ourselves.
Suddenly the captain spoke up again, and I
thought his voice was a little changed.
"The gun!" said he.
" I have thought of that," said I, for I made
sure he was thinking of a bombardment of the
fort. " They could never get the gun ashore, and
if they did, they could never haul it through the
woods."
" Look astern, doctor," replied the captain.
We had entirely forgotten the long nine; and
there, to our horror, were the five rogues busy
about her, getting off her jacket, as they called
the stout tarpaulin cover under which she sailed.
Not only that, but it flashed into my mind at the
same moment that the round-shot and the powder
for the gun had been left behind, and a stroke
with an axe would put it all into the possession
of the evil ones aboard.
" Israel was Flint's gunner," said Gray, hoarsely.
At any risk, we put the boat's head direct for
the landing-place. By this time we had got so far
out of the run of the current that we kept steerage
way even at our necessarily gentle rate of rowing,
158 TREASURE ISLAND
and I could keep her steady for the goal. But the
worst of it was, that with the course I now held,
we turned our broadside instead of our stern to the
Hispaniola, and offered a target like a barn door.
I could hear, as well as see, that brandy-faced
rascal, Israel Hands, plumping down a round-shot
on the deck.
" Who 's the best shot ? " asked the captain.
" Mr. Trelawney, out and away," said I.
" Mr. Trelawney, will you please pick me off
one of these men, sir? Hands, if possible," said
the captain.
Trelawney was as cool as steel. He looked to
the priming of his gun.
" Now," cried the captain, " easy with that gun,
sir, or you '11 swamp the boat. All hands stand
by to trim her when he aims."
The squire raised his gun, the rowing ceased,
and we leaned over to the other side to keep the
balance, and all was so nicely contrived that we
did not ship a drop.
They had the gun, by this time, slewed round
upon the swivel, and Hands, who was at the
muzzle with the rammer, was, in consequence, the
most exposed. However, we had no luck; for
just as Trelawney fired, down he stooped, the ball
whistled over him, and it was one^of the other
four who fell.
TREASURE ISLAND 159
The cry he gave was echoed, not only by his
companions on board, but by a great number of
voices from the shore, and looking in that direc-
tion I saw the other pirates trooping out from
among the trees and tumbling into their places in
the boats.
" Here come the gigs, sir," said I.
" Give way then," cried the captain. " We
must n't mind if we swamp her now. If we can't
get ashore, all 's up."
" Only one of the gigs is being manned, sir," I
added, " the crew of the other most likely going
round by shore to cut us off."
" They '11 have a hot run, sir," returned the
captain. " Jack ashore, you know. It 's not
them I mind ; it 's the round-shot. Carpet bowls !
My lady's maid could n't miss. Tell us, squire,
when you see the match, and we '11 hold
water."
In the meanwhile we had been making headway
at a good pace for a boat so overloaded, and we
had shipped but little water in the process. We
were now close in ; thirty or forty strokes and we
should beach her ; for the ebb had already disclosed
a narrow belt of sand below the clustering trees.
The gig was no longer to be feared ; the little point
had already concealed it from our eyes. The ebb-
tide, which had so cruelly delayed us, was now
160 TREASURE ISLAND
making reparation, and delaying our assailants.
The one source of danger was the gun.
" If I durst," said the captain, " I 'd stop and
pick off another man."
But it was plain that they meant nothing should
delay their shot. They had never so much as
looked at their fallen comrade, though he was not
dead, and I could see him trying to crawl away.
" Ready ! " cried the squire.
" Hold ! " cried the captain, quick as an echo.
And he and Redruth backed with a great heave
that sent her stern bodily under water. The re-
port fell in at the same instant of time. This was
the first that Jim heard, the sound of the squire's
shot not having reached him. Where the ball
passed, not one of us precisely knew ; but I fancy
it must have been over our heads, and that the
wind of it may have contributed to our disaster.
At any rate, the boat sank by the stern, quite
gently, in three feet of water, leaving the captain
and myself, facing each other, on our feet. The
other three took complete headers, and came up
again, drenched and bubbling.
So far there was no great harm. No lives were
lost, and we could wade ashore in safety. But
there were all our stores at the bottom, and, to make
things worse, only two guns out of £ve remained
in a state for service. Mine I had snatched from
TREASURE ISLAND 161
my knees and held over my head, by a sort of
instinct. As for the captain, he had carried his
over his shoulder by a bandoleer, and, like a wise
man, lock uppermost. The other three had gone
down with the boat.
To add to our concern, we heard voices already
drawing near us in the woods along shore ; and we
had not only the danger of being cut off from the
stockade in our half -crippled state, but the fear
before us whether, if Hunter and Joyce were at-
tacked by half a dozen, they would have the sense
and conduct to stand firm. Hunter was steady,
that we knew ; Joyce was a doubtful case — a
pleasant, polite man for a valet, and to brush one's
clothes, but not entirely fitted for a man of war.
With all this in our minds, we waded ashore as
fast as we could, leaving behind us the poor jolly-
boat, and a good half of all our powder and
provisions.
VOL. vr ~
CHAPTER XVIII
NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR :
END OF THE FIRST DAY'S FIGHTING
WE made our best speed across the strip
of wood that now divided us from, the
stockade; and at every step we took
the voices of the buccaneers rang nearer. Soon
we could hear their footfalls as they ran, and the
cracking of the branches as they breasted across a
bit of thicket.
I began to see we should have a brush for it in
earnest, and looked to my priming.
" Captain," said I, " Trelawney is the dead shot.
Give him your gun; his own is useless."
They exchanged guns, and Trelawney, silent and
cool as he had been since the beginning of the
bustle, hung a moment on his heel to see that all
was fit for service. At the same time, observing
Gray to be unarmed, I handed him my cutlass. It
did all our hearts good to see him spit in his hand,
knit his brows, and make the blade sing through
the air. It was plain from every line"t)f his body
that our new hand was worth his salt.
TREASURE ISLAND 163
Forty paces farther we came to the edge of the
wood and saw the stockade in front of us. We
struck the enclosure about the middle of the south
side, and, almost at the same time, seven mutineers
— Job Anderson, the boatswain, at their head —
appeared in full cry at the south-western corner.
They paused, as if taken aback; and before
they recovered, not only the squire and I, but
Hunter and Joyce from the block-house, had time
to fire. The four shots came in rather a scattering
volley ; but they did the business : one of the
enemy actually fell, and the rest, without hesitation,
turned and plunged into the trees.
After reloading, we walked down the outside of
the palisade to see to the fallen enemy. He was
stone dead — shot through the heart.
We began to rejoice over our good success, when
just at that moment a pistol cracked in the bush, a
ball whistled close past my ear, and poor Tom
Redruth stumbled and fell his length on the ground.
Both the squire and I returned the shot ; but as we
had nothing to aim at, it is probable we only wasted
powder. Then we reloaded, and turned our atten-
tion to poor Tom.
The captain and Gray were already examining
him ; and I saw with half an eye that all was over.
I believe the readiness of our return volley had
scattered the mutineers once more, for we were
164 TREASURE ISLAND
suffered without further molestation to get the
poor old gamekeeper hoisted over the stockade,
and carried, groaning and bleeding, into the log-
house.
Poor old fellow, he had not uttered one word of
surprise, complaint, fear, or even acquiescence, from
the very beginning of our troubles till now, when
we had laid him down in the log-house to die. He
had lain like a Trojan behind his rnattress in the
gallery ; he had followed every order silently, dog-
gedly, and well ; he was the oldest of our party by
a score of years ; and now, sullen, old, serviceable
servant, it was he that was to die.
The squire dropped down beside him on his
knees and kissed his hand, crying like a child.
" Be I going, doctor ? " he asked.
" Tom, my man," said I, " you 're going home."
" I wish I had had a lick at them with the gun
first," he replied.
" Tom," said the squire,- " say you forgive me,
won't you ? "
" Would that be respectful like, from me to
you. squire ? " was the answer. " Howsoever,
so be it, amen ! "
After a little while of silence, he said he thought
somebody might read a prayer. " It 's the custom,
sir," he added, apologetically. And -not long after,
without another word, he passed away.
TREASURE ISLAND 165
In the meantime the captain, whom I had ob-
served to be wonderfully swollen about the chest
and pockets, had turned out a great many various
stores — the British colours, a Bible, a coil of
stoutish rope, pen, ink, the logbook, and pounds
of tobacco. He had found a longish fir-tree lying
felled and trimmed in the enclosure, and, with the
help of Hunter, he had set it up at the corner of
the log-house, where the trunks crossed and made
an angle. Then climbing on the roof, he had with
his own hand bent and run up the colours.
This seemed mightily to relieve him. He re-
entered the log-house, and set about counting up
the stores, as if nothing else existed. But he had an
eye on Tom's passage for all that ; and as soon as
all was over, came forward with another flag, and
reverently spread it on the body.
" Don't you take on, sir," he said, shaking the
squire's hand. " All 's well with him ; no fear for
a hand that 's been shot down in his duty to captain
and owner. It may n't be good divinity, but it 's
a fact."
Then he pulled me aside.
" Dr. Livesey," he said, " in how many weeks
do you and squire expect the consort? "
I told him it was a question, not of weeks, but of
months; that if we were not back by the end of
August, Blandly was to send to find us ; but neither
sooner nor later. " You can calculate for your-
self," I said.
" Why, yes," returned the captain, scratching
his head, " and making a large allowance, sir, for
all the gifts of Providence, I should say we were
pretty close hauled."
" How do you mean ? " I asked.
" It 's a pity, sir, we lost that second load.
That 's what I mean," replied the captain. " As
for powder and shot, we '11 do. But the rations
are short, very short — so short, Dr. Livesey,
that we 're, perhaps, as well without that extra
mouth."
And he pointed to the dead body under the flag.
Just then, with a roar and a whistle, a round-
shot passed high above the roof of the log-house
and plumped far beyond us in the wood.
"Oho!" said the captain. "Blaze away!
You Ve little enough powder already, my lads."
At the second trial, the aim was better, and the
ball descended inside the stockade, scattering a
cloud of sand, but doing no further damage.
" Captain," said the squire, " the house is quite
invisible from the ship. It must be the flag they
are aiming at. Would it not be wiser to take
it in?"
" Strike my colours ! " cried the captain. " No,
sir, not I ; " and, as soon as he had said the words,
TREASURE ISLAND 167
I think we all agreed with him. For it was not only
a piece of stout, seamanly, good feeling; it was
good policy besides, and showed our enemies that
we despised their cannonade.
All through the evening they kept thundering
away. Ball after ball flew over or fell short, or
kicked up the sand in the enclosure ; but they had to
fire so high that the shot fell dead and buried itself
in the soft sand. We had no ricochet to fear; and
though one popped in through the roof of the log-
house and out again through the floor, we soon
got used to that sort of horse-play, and minded it
no more than cricket.
" There is one thing good about all this," ob-
served the captain : " the wood in front of us is
likely clear. The ebb has made a good while ; our
stores should be uncovered. Volunteers to go and
bring in pork."
Gray and Hunter were the first to come forward.
Well armed, they stole out of the stockade; but
it proved a useless mission. The mutineers were
bolder than we fancied, or they put more trust in
Israel's gunnery. For four or five of them were
busy carrying off our stores, and wading out with
them to one of the gigs that lay close by, pull-
ing an oar or so to hold her steady against the
current. Silver was in the stern-sheets in com-
mand ; and every man of them was now pro-
168 TREASURE ISLAND
vided with a musket from some secret magazine
of their own.
The captain sat down to his log, and here is the
beginning of the entry:
" Alexander Smollett, master ; David Livesey,
ship's doctor; Abraham Gray, carpenter's mate;
John Trelawney, owner; John Hunter and Rich-
ard Joyce, owner's servants, landsmen — being all
that is left faithful of the ship's company — with
stores for ten days at short rations, came ashore
this day, and flew British colours on the log-house
in Treasure Island. Thomas Redruth, owner's
servant, landsman, shot by the mutineers; James
Hawkins, cabin-boy "
And at the same time I was wondering over
poor Jim Hawkins's fate.
A hail on the land side.
" Somebody hailing us," said Hunter, who was
on guard.
" Doctor ! squire ! captain ! Hullo, Hunter, is
that you?" came the cries.
And I ran to the door in time to see Jim Haw-
kins, safe and sound, come climbing over the
stockade.
CHAPTER XIX
NARRATIVE RESUMED BY JIM HAWKINS :
THE GARRISON IN THE STOCKADE
A soon as Ben Gunn saw the colours he came
to a halt, stopped me by the arm, and sat
down.
" Now," said he, " there 's your friends, sure
enough."
" Far more likely it's the mutineers,"! answered.
" That! " he cried. " Why, in a place like this,
where nobody puts in but gen'lemen of fortune,
Silver would fly the Jolly Roger, you don't make
no doubt of that. No ; that 's your friends.
There 's been blows, too, and I reckon your friends
has had the best of it; and here they are ashore
in the old stockade, as was made years and years
ago by Flint. Ah, he was the man to have a head-
piece, was Flint! Barring rum, his match were
never seen. He were afraid of none, not he; on'y
Silver — Silver was that genteel."
" Well," said I, " that may be so, and so be it ;
all the more reason that I should hurry on and
join my friends."
i yo TREASURE ISLAND
" Nay, mate," returned Ben, " not you. You 're
a good boy, or I 'm mistook ; but you 're on'y a boy,
all told. Now, Ben Gunn is fly. Rum would n't
bring me there, where you 're going — not rum
would n't, till I see your born gen'leman, and gets
it on his word of honour. And you won't forget
my words: ' A precious sight (that 's what you'll
say), a precious sight more confidence ' — and then
nips him."
And he pinched me the third time with the same
air of cleverness.
" And when Ben Gunn is wanted, you know
where to find him, Jim. Just wheer you found him
to-day. And him that comes is to have a white
thing in his hand : and he 's to come alone. Oh !
and you '11 say this : ' Ben Gunn,' says you, ' has
reasons of his own.' '
" Well," said I, " I believe I understand. You
have something to propose, and you wish to see
the squire or the doctor ; and you 're to be found
where I found you. Is that al! ? "
"And when? says you," he added. "Why,
from about noon observation to about six bells."
" Good," said I, " and now may I go? "
"You won't forget?" he inquired, anxiously.
" Precious sight, and reasons of his own, says you.
Reasons of his own ; that 's the mamstay ; as be-
tween man and man. Well, then " — still holding
TREASURE ISLAND 171
me — "I reckon you can go, Jim. And, Jim, if
you was to see Silver, you would n't go for to sell
Ben Gunn? wild horses wouldn't draw it from
you? No, says you. And if them pirates camp
ashore, Jim, what would you say but there 'd be
widders in the morning? "
Here he was interrupted by a loud report, and
a cannon ball came tearing through the trees and
pitched in the sand, not a hundred yards from where
we two were talking. The next moment each of us
had taken to his heels in a different direction.
For a good hour to come frequent reports shook
the island, and balls kept crashing through the
woods. I moved from hiding-place to hiding-place,
always pursued, or so it seemed to me, by these
terrifying missiles. But towards the end of the
bombardment, though still I durst not venture in
the direction of the stockade, where the balls fell
oftenest, I had begun, in .a manner, to pluck up
my heart again ; and after a long detour to the
east, crept down among the shore-side trees.
The sun had just set, the sea breeze was rustling
and tumbling in the woods, and ruffling the grey
surface of the anchorage; the tide, too, was far
out, and great tracts of sand lay uncovered; the
air, after the heat of the day, chilled me through
my jacket.
The Hispaniola still lay where she had anchored ;
172 TREASURE ISLAND
but, sure enough, there was the Jolly Roger — the
black flag of piracy — flying from her peak. Even
as I looked, there came another red flash and an-
other report, that sent the echoes clattering, and
one more round shot whistled through the air.
It was the last of the cannonade.
I lay for some time, watching the bustle which
succeeded the attack. Men were demolishing some-
thing with axes on the beach near the stockade ; the
poor jolly-boat, I afterwards discovered. Away,
near the mouth of the river, a great fire was glow-
ing among the trees, and between that point and
the ship one of the gigs kept coming and going,
the men, whom I had seen so gloomy, shouting
at the oars like children. But there was a sound
in their voices which suggested rum.
At length I thought I might return towards the
stockade. I was pretty far down on the low, sandy
spit that encloses the anchorage to the east, and is
joined at half-water to Skeleton Island; and now,
as I rose to my feet, I saw, some distance further
down the spit, and rising from among low bushes,
an isolated rock, pretty high, and peculiarly white
in colour. It occurred to me that this might be the
white rock of which Bert Gunn had spoken, and
that some day or other a boat might be wanted,
and I should know where to look fqr one.
Then I skirted among the woods until I had
TREASURE ISLAND 173
regained the rear, or shoreward side, of the stock-
ade, and was soon warmly welcomed by the faith-
ful party.
I had soon told my story, and began to look
about me. The log-house was made of unsquared
trunks of pine — roof, walls, and floor. The latter
stood in several places as much as a foot or a foot
and a half above the surface of the sand. There
was a porch at the door, and under this porch the
little spring welled up into an artificial basin of a
rather odd kind — no other than a great ship's
kettle of iron, with the bottom knocked out, and
sunk " to her bearings," as the captain said, among
the sand.
Little had been left beside the framework of the
house; but in one corner" there was a stone slab
laid down by way of hearth, and an old rusty iron
basket to contain the fire.
The slopes of the knoll and all the inside of the
stockade had been cleared of timber to build the
house, and we could see by the stumps what a fine
and lofty grove had been destroyed. Most of the
soil had been washed away or buried in drift after
the removal of the trees ; only where the streamlet
ran down from the kettle a thick bed of moss and
some ferns and little creeping bushes were still
green among the sand. Very close around the
stockade — too close for defence, they said — the
174 TREASURE ISLAND
wood still flourished high and dense, all of fir on
the land side, but towards the sea with a large ad-
mixture of live-oaks.
The cold evening breeze, of which I have spoken,
whistled through every chink of the rude building,
and sprinkled the floor with a continual rain of fine
sand. There was sand in our eyes, sand in our
teeth, sand in our suppers, sand dancing in the
spring at the bottom of the kettle, for all the world
like porridge beginning to boil. Our chimney was
a square hole in the roof; it was but a little part
of the smoke that found its way out, and the rest
eddied about the house, and kept us coughing and
piping the eye.
Add to this that Gray, the new man, had his
face tied up in a bandage for a cut he had got in
breaking away from the mutineers ; and that poor
old Tom Redruth, still unburied, lay along the
wall, stiff and stark, under the Union Jack.
If we had been allowed to sit idle, we should all
have fallen in the blues, but Captain Smollett was
never the man for that. All hands were called up
before him, and he divided us into watches. The
doctor, and Gray, and I, for one ; the squire, Hunter,
and Joyce, upon the other. Tired though we all
were, two were sent out for firewood; two more
were set to dig a grave for Redruth; the doctor
was named cook; I was put sentry at the door;
TREASURE ISLAND 175
and the captain himself went from one to another,
keeping up our spirits and lending a hand wherever
it was wanted.
From time to time the doctor came to the door
for a little air and to rest his eyes, which were
almost smoked out of his head; and whenever he
did so, he had a word for me.
" That man Smollett," he said once, " is a
better man than I am. And when I say that it
means a deal, Jim."
Another time he came and was silent for awhile.
Then he put his head on one side, and looked at
me.
" Is this Ben Gunn a man ? " he asked.
" I do not know, sir," said I. " I am not very
sure whether he 's sane."
" If there 's any doubt about the matter, he is,"
returned the doctor. " A man who has been three
years biting his nails on a desert island, Jim, can't
expect to appear as sane as you or me. It does n't
lie in human nature. Was it cheese you said he
had a fancy for? "
" Yes, sir, cheese," I answered.
" Well, Jim," says he, " just see the good that
comes of being dainty in your food. You 've seen
my snuff-box, have n't you ? And you never saw
me take snuff ; the reason being that in my snuff-
box I carry a piece of Parmesan cheese — a cheese
176 TREASURE ISLAND
made in Italy, very nutritious. Well, that 's for
Ben Gunn!"
Before supper was eaten we buried old Tom in
the sand, and stood round him for awhile bare-
headed in the breeze. A good deal of firewood had
been got in, but not enough for the captain's fancy ;
and he shook his head over it, and told us we
" must get back to this to-morrow rather livelier."
Then, when we had eaten our pork, and each had
a good stiff glass of brandy grog, the three chiefs
got together in a corner to discuss our prospects.
It appears they were at their wit's end what to
do, the stores being so low that we must have been
starved into surrender long before help came. But
our best hope, it was decided, was to kill off the
buccaneers until they either hauled down their flag
or ran away with the Hispaniola. From nineteen
they were already reduced Lo fifteen, two others
were wounded, and one, at least — the man shot
beside the gun — severely wounded, if he Were not
dead. Every time we had a crack at them, we were
to take it, saving our own lives, with the extremest
care. And, besides that, we had two able allies —
rum and the climate.
As for the first, though we were about half a
mile away, we could hear them roaring and sing-
ing late into the night; and as for the second, the
doctor staked his wig that, camped where they
TREASURE ISLAND 177
were in the marsh, and unprovided with remedies,
the half of them would be on their backs before a
week.
" So," he added, " if we are not all shot down
first, they '11 be glad to be packing in the schooner.
It 's always a ship, and they can get to buccaneer-
ing again, I suppose."
" First ship that ever I lost," said Captain Smol-
lett.
I was dead tired, as you may fancy ; and when I
got to sleep, which was not till after a great deal
of tossing, I slept like a log of wood.
The rest had long been up, and had already
breakfasted and increased the pile of firewood by
about half as much again, when I was wakened by
a bustle and the sound of voices.
" Flag of truce ! " I heard some one say ; and
then, immediately after, with a cry of surprise,
"Silver himself!"
And, at that, up I jumped, and, rubbing my eyes,
ran to a loophole in the wall.
. vi. — 12
CHAPTER XX
SILVER'S EMBASSY
SURE enough, there were two men just out-
side the stockade, one of them waving a
white cloth ; the other, no less a person than
Silver himself, standing placidly by.
It was still quite early, and the coldest morning
that I think I ever was abroad in; a chill that
pierced into the marrow. The sky was bright and
cloudless overhead, and the tops of the trees shone
rosily in the sun. But where Silver stood with
his lieutenant all was still in shadow, and they
waded knee deep in a low, white vapour that had
crawled during the night out of the morass. The
chill and the vapour taken together told a poor
tale of the island. It was plainly a damp, feverish,
unhealthy spot.
" Keep indoors, men," said the captain. " Ten
to one this is a trick."
Then he hailed the buccaneer.
" Who goes ? Stand, or we fire."
" Flag of truce," cried Silver.
The captain was in the porch, keeping himself
TREASURE ISLAND 179
carefully out of the way of a treacherous shot
should any be intended. He turned and spoke to
us:
" Doctor's watch on the look-out. Dr. Livesey,
take the north side, if you please; Jim, the east;
Gray, west. The watch below, all hands to load
muskets. Lively, men, and careful."
And then he turned again to the mutineers.
" And what do you want with your flag of
truce ? " he cried.
This time it was the other man who replied.
" Cap'n Silver, sir, to come on board and make
terms," he shouted.
"Cap'n Silver! Don't know him. Who 'she?"
cried the captain. And we could hear him adding
to himself: "Cap'n, is it? My heart, and here's
promotion ! "
Long John answered for himself.
" Me, sir. These poor lads have chosen me
cap'n, after your desertion, sir " — laying a par-
ticular emphasis upon the word " desertion."
" We 're willing to submit, if we can come to terms,
and no bones about it. All I ask is your word,
Cap'n Smollett, to let me safe and sound out of
this here stockade, and one minute to get out o'
shot before a gun is fired."
" My man," said Captain Smollett, " I have not
the slightest desire to talk to you. If you wish
i8o TREASURE ISLAND
to talk to me, you can come, that 's all. If there 's
any treachery, it '11 be on your side, and the Lord
help you."
" That 's enough, cap'n," shouted Long John,
cheerily. " A word from you 's enough. I know
a gentleman, and you may lay to that."
We could see the man who carried the flag of
truce attempting to hold Silver back. Nor was
that wonderful, seeing how cavalier had been the
captain's answer. But Silver laughed at him aloud,
and slapped him on the back, as if the idea of
alarm had been absurd. Then he advanced to the
stockade, threw over his crutch, got a leg up, and
with great vigour and skill succeeded in surmount-
ing the fence and dropping safely to the other side.
I will confess that I was far too much taken
up with what was going on to be of the slightest
use as sentry; indeed, I had already deserted my
eastern loophole, and crept up behind the captain,
who had now seated himself on the threshold, with
his elbows on his knees, his head in his hands, and
his eyes fixed on the water, as it bubbled out of
the old iron kettle in the sand. He was whistling
to himself, " Come, Lasses and Lads."
Silver had terrible hard work getting up the
knoll. What with the steepness of the incline, the
thick tree stumps, and the soft sand, he and his
crutch were as helpless as a ship in stays. But he
stuck to it like a man in silence, and at last arrived
before the captain, whom he saluted in the hand-
somest style. He was tricked out in his best; an
immense blue coat, thick with brass buttons, hung
as low as to his knees, and a fine laced hat was
set on the back of his head.
" Here you are, my man," said the captain, rais-
ing his head. " You had better sit down."
"You ain't a-going to let me inside, cap'n?"
complained Long John. " It 's a main cold morn-
ing, to be sure, sir, to sit outside upon the sand."
" Why, Silver," said the captain, " if you had
pleased to be an honest man, you might have been
sitting in your galley. It 's your own doing.
You 're either my ship's cook — and then you
were treated handsome — or Cap'n Silver, a com-
mon mutineer and pirate, and then you can go
hang!"
" Well, well, cap'n," returned the sea cook, sit-
ting down as he was bidden on the sand, " you '11
have to give me a hand up again, that 's all. A
sweet pretty place you have of it here. Ah, there 's
Jim ! The top of the morning to you, Jim. Doc-
tor, here 's my service. Why, there you all are
together like a happy family, in a manner of
speaking."
" If you have anything to say, my man, better
say it," said the captain.
,< if
182 TREASURE ISLAND
" Right you were, Cap'n Smollett," replied
Silver. " Dooty is dooty, to be sure. Well, now,
you look here, that was a good lay of yours last
night. I don't deny it was a good lay. Some of
you pretty handy with a handspike-end. And I '11
not deny neither but what some of my people was
shook — maybe all was shook ; maybe I was shook
myself; maybe that's why I'm here for terms.
But you mark me, cap'n, it won't do twice, by
thunder ! We '11 have to do sentry-go, and ease
off a point or so on the rum. Maybe you think
we were all a sheet in the wind's eye. But I '11
tell you I was sober; I was on'y dog tired; and
if I 'd awoke a second sooner I 'd 'a' caught you
at the act, I would. He was n't dead when I got
round to him, not he."
" Well ? " says Captain Smollett, as cool as
can be.
All that Silver said was a riddle to him, but you
would never have guessed it from his tone. As
for me, I began to have an inkling. Ben Gunn's
last words came back to my mind. I began to
suppose that he had paid the buccaneers a visit
while they all lay drunk together round their fire,
and I reckoned up with glee that we had only
fourteen enemies to deal with.
"Well, here it is," said Silver. -"We want
that treasure, and we '11 have it — that 's our
TREASURE ISLAND 183
point! You would just as soon save your lives,
I reckon ; and that 's yours. You have a chart,
have n't you? "
" That 's as may be," replied the captain.
" Oh, well, you have, I know that," returned
Long John. " You need n't be so husky with a
man; there ain't a particle of service in that, and
you may lay to it. What I mean is, we want your
chart. Now, I never meant you no harm, myself."
" That won't do with me, my man," interrupted
the captain. " We know exactly what you meant
to do, and we don't care; for now, you see, you
can't do it."
And the captain looked at him calmly, and pro-
ceeded to fill a pipe.
" If Abe Gray " Silver broke out.
" Avast there ! " cried Mr. Smollett. " Gray
told me nothing, and I asked him nothing; and
what 's more, I would see you and him and this
whole island blown clean out of the water into
blazes first. So there 's my mind for you, my
man, on that."
This little whiff of temper seemed to cool Silver
down. He had been growing nettled before, but
now he pulled himself together.
" Like enough," said he. " I would set no limits
to what gentlemen might consider shipshape, or
might not, as the case were. And, seein' as how
184 TREASURE ISLAND
you are about to take a pipe, cap'n, I '11 make so
free as do likewise."
And he filled a pipe and lighted it; and the two
men sat silently smoking for quite a while, now
looking each other in the face, now stopping their
tobacco, now leaning forward to spit. It was as
good as the play to see them.
" Now," resumed Silver, " here it is. You give
us the chart to get the treasure by, and drop shoot-
ing poor seamen, and stoving of their heads in
while asleep. You do that, and we '11 offer you a
choice. Either you come aboard along of us, once
the treasure shipped, and then I '11 give you my
affy-davy, upon my word of honour, to clap you
somewhere safe ashore. Or, if that ain't to your
fancy, some of my hands being rough, and having
old scores, on account of hazing, then you can
stay here, you can. We '11 divide stores with you,
man for man ; and I '11 give my affy-davy, as be-
fore, to speak the first ship I sight, and send 'em
here to pick you up. Now you '11 own that 's talk-
ing. Handsomer you could n't look to get. not
you. And I hope " — raising his voice — " that
all hands in this here block-house will overhaul my
words, for what is spoke to one is spoke to all."
Captain Smollett rose from his seat, and knocked
out the ashes of his pipe in the palm of his left
hand.
TREASURE ISLAND 185
"Is that all?" he asked.
" Every last word, by thunder! " answered John.
" Refuse that, and you 've seen the last of me but
musket-balls."
" Very good," said the captain. " Now you '11
hear me. If you '11 come up one by one, unarmed,
I '11 engage to clap you all in irons, and take you
home to a fair trial in England. If you won't, my
name is Alexander Smollett, I 've flown my sov-
ereign's colours, and I '11 see you all to Davy Jones.
You can't find the treasure. You can't sail the
ship — there 's not a man among you fit to sail
the ship. You can't fight us — Gray, there, got
away from five of you. Your ship 's in irons,
Master Silver; you're on a lee shore, and so
you '11 find. I stand here and tell you so ; and
they're the last good words you'll get from me;
for, in the name of heaven, I '11 put a bullet in
your back when next I meet you. Tramp, my lad.
Bundle out of this, please, hand over hand, and
double quick."
Silver's face was a picture; his eyes started in
his head with wrath. He shook the fire out of
his pipe.
" Give me a hand up ! " he cried.
" Not I," returned the captain.
" Who '11 give me a hand up? " he roared.
Not a man among us moved. Growling the
i86 TREASURE ISLAND
foulest imprecations, he crawled along the sand till
he got hold of the porch and could hoist himself
again upon his crutch. Then he spat into the
spring.
"There!" he cried, "that's what I think of
ye. Before an hour 's out, I '11 stove in your old
block-house like a rum puncheon. Laugh, by thun-
der, laugh ! Before an hour 's out, ye '11 laugh upon
the other side. Them that die '11 be the lucky ones."
And with a dreadful oath he stumbled off,
ploughed down the sand, was helped across the
stockade, after four or five failures, by the man
with the flag of truce, and disappeared in an in-
stant afterwards among the trees.
CHAPTER XXI
THE ATTACK
A soon as Silver disappeared, the captain,
who had been closely watching him,
turned towards the interior of the house,
and found not a man of us at his post but Gray.
It was the first time we had ever seen him angry.
" Quarters ! " he roared. And then, as we all
slunk back to our places, " Gray," he said, " I '11
put your name in the log ; you 've stood by your
duty like a seaman. Mr. Trelawney, I 'm surprised
at you, sir. Doctor, I thought you had worn the
king's coat! If that was how you served at
Fontenoy, sir, you 'd have been better in your
berth."
The doctor's watch were all back at their loop-
holes, the rest were busy loading the spare mus-
kets, and every one with a red face, you may be
certain, and a flea in his ear, as the saying is.
The captain looked on for awhile in silence.
Then he spoke.
" My lads," said he, " I Ve given Silver a broad-
side. I pitched it in red-hot on purpose; and be-
i88 TREASURE ISLAND
fore the hour 's out> as he said, we shall be boarded.
We 're outnumbered, I need n't tell you that, but
we fight in shelter; and, a minute ago, I should
have said we fought with discipline. I 've no
manner of doubt that we can drub them, if you
choose."
Then he went the rounds, and saw, as he said,
that all was clear.
On the two short sides of the house, east and
west, there were only two loopholes ; on the south
side where the porch was, two again; and on the
north side, five. There was a round score of mus-
kets for the seven of us; the firewood had been
built into four piles — tables, you might say — one
about the middle of each side, and on each of these
tables some ammunition and four loaded muskets
were laid ready to the hand of the defenders. In
the middle, the cutlasses lay ranged.
" Toss out the fire," said the captain ; " the chill
is past, and we must n't have smoke in our eyes."
The iron fire basket was carried bodily out by
Mr. Trelawney, and the embers smothered among
sand.
" Hawkins has n't had his breakfast. Hawkins,
help yourself, and back to your post to eat it," con-
tinued Captain Smollett. " Lively, now, my lad ;
you '11 want it before you 've done. Hunter, serve
out a round of brandy to all hands."
TREASURE ISLAND 189
And while this was going on, the captain com-
pleted, in his own mind, the plan of the defence.
" Doctor, you will take the door," he resumed.
" See, and don't expose yourself ; keep within, and
fire through the porch. Hunter, take the east side,
there. Joyce, you stand by the west, my man.
Mr. Trelawney, you are the best shot — you and
Gray will take this long north side, with the five
loopholes ; it 's there the danger is. If they can
get up to it, and fire in upon us through our
own ports, things would begin to look dirty.
Hawkins, neither you nor I are much account at
the shooting ; we '11 stand by to load and bear a
hand."
As the captain had said, the chill was past. As
soon as the sun had climbed above our girdle of
trees, it fell with all its force upon the clearing,
and drank up the vapours at a draught. Soon the
sand was baking, and the resin melting in the logs
of the block-house. Jackets and coats were flung
aside; shirts thrown open at the neck, and rolled
up to the shoulders; and we stood there, each at
his post, in a fever of heat and anxiety.
An hour passed away.
" Hang them ! " said the captain. " This is as
dull as the doldrums. Gray, whistle for a wind."
.And just at that moment came the first news
of the attack.
190 TREASURE ISLAND
" If you please, sir," said Joyce, " if I see any
one am I to fire? "
" I told you so ! " cried the captain.
" Thank you, sir," returned Joyce, with the same
quiet civility.
Nothing followed for a time; but the remark
had set us all on the alert, straining ears and eyes
— the musketeers with their pieces balanced in
their hands, the captain out in the middle of the
block-house, with his mouth very tight and a frown
on his face.
So some seconds passed, till suddenly Joyce
whipped up his musket and fired. The report had
scarcely died away ere it was repeated and re-
peated from without in a scattering volley, shot
behind shot, like a string of geese, from every side
of the enclosure. Several bullets struck the log-
house, but not one entered; and, as the smoke
cleared away and vanished, the stockade and the
woods around it looked as quiet and empty as be-
fore. Not a bough waved, not the gleam of a mus-
ket-barrel betrayed the presence of our foes.
" Did you hit your man ? " asked the captain.
" No, sir," replied Joyce. " I believe not, sir."
"Next best thing to tell the truth," muttered
Captain Smollett. " Load his gun, Hawkins.
How many should you say there were on your
side, doctor ? "
TREASURE ISLAND 191
" I know precisely," said Dr. Livesey. " Three
shots were fired on this side. I saw the three
flashes — two close together — one farther to the
west."
"Three!" repeated the captain. "And how
many on yours, Mr. Trelawney ? "
But this was not so easily answered. There
had come many from the north — seven, by the
squire's computation; eight or nine, according to
Gray. From the east and west only a single shot
had been fired. It was plain, therefore, that the
attack would be developed from the north, and
that on the other three sides we were only to be
annoyed by a show of hostilities. But Captain
Smollett made no change in his arrangements. If
the mutineers succeeded in crossing the stockade,
he argued, they would take possession of any un-
protected loophole, and shoot us down like rats in
our own stronghold.
Nor had we much time left to us for thought.
Suddenly, with a loud huzza., a little cloud of
pirates leaped from the woods on the north side,
and ran straight on the stockade. At the same
moment, the fire was once more opened from the
woods, and a rifle ball sang through the doorway,
and knocked the doctor's musket into bits.
The boarders swarmed over the fence like mon-
keys. Squire and Gray fired again and yet again ;
192 TREASURE ISLAND
three men fell, one forwards into the enclosure,
two back on the outside. But of these, one was
evidently more frightened than hurt, for he was
on his feet again in a crack, and instantly disap-
peared among the trees.
Two had bit the dust, one had fled, four had
made good their footing inside our defences ; while
from the shelter of the woods seven or eight men,
each evidently supplied with several muskets, kept
up a hot though useless fire on the log-house.
The four who had boarded made straight before
them for the building, shouting as they ran, and
the men among the trees shouted back to encour-
age them. Several shots were fired; but, such
was the hurry of the marksmen, not one appears
to have taken effect. In a moment, the four
pirates had swarmed up the mound and were
upon us.
The head of Job Anderson, the boatswain, ap-
peared at the middle loophole.
" At 'em, all hands — all hands ! " he roared, in
a voice of thunder.
At the same moment, another pirate grasped
Hunter's musket by the muzzle, wrenched it from
his hands, plucked it through the loophole, and,
with one stunning blow, laid the poor fellow
senseless on the floor. Meanwhile a" third, running
unharmed all round the house, appeared suddenly
TREASURE ISLAND 193
in the doorway, and fell with his cutlass on the
doctor.
Our position was utterly reversed. A moment
since we were firing, under cover, at an exposed
enemy; now it was we who lay uncovered, and
could not return a blow.
The log-house was full of smoke, to which we
owed our comparative safety. Cries and confu-
sion, the flashes and reports of pistol shots, and
one loud groan, rang in my ears.
" Out, lads, out, and fight 'em in the open !
Cutlasses ! " cried the captain.
I snatched a cutlass from the pile, and some
one, at the same time snatching another, gave me
a cut across the knuckles which I hardly felt. I
dashed out of the door into the clear sunlight.
Some one was close behind, I knew not whom.
Right in front, the doctor was pursuing his assail-
ant down the hill, and, just as my eyes fell upon
him, beat down his guard, and sent him sprawl-
ing on his back, with a great slash across the face.
"Round the house, lads! round the house!"
cried the captain; and even in the hurly-burly I
perceived a change in his voice.
Mechanically, I obeyed, turned eastwards, and
with my cutlass raised, ran round the corner of
the house. Next moment I was face to face with
Anderson. He roared aloud, and his hanger went
VOL. VI. — 13
i94 TREASURE ISLAND
up above his head, flashing in the sunlight. I
had not time to be afraid, but, as the blow still
hung impending, leaped in a trice upon one side,
and missing my foot in the soft sand, rolled head-
long down the slope.
When I had first sallied from the door, the
other mutineers had been already swarming up
the palisade to make an end of us. One man,
in a red night-cap, with his cutlass in his mouth,
had even got upon the top and thrown a leg across.
Well, so short had been the interval, that when
I found my feet again all was in the same posture,
the fellow with the red night-cap still half-way
over, another still just showing his head above
the top of the stockade. And yet, in this breath
of time, the fight was over, and the victory was
ours.
Gray, following close behind me, had cut down
the big boatswain ere he had time to recover from
his lost blow. Another had been shot at a loop-
hole in the very act of firing into the house, and
now lay in agony, the pistol still smoking in his
hand. A third, as I had seen, the doctor had dis-
posed of at a blow. Of the four who had scaled
the palisade, one only remained unaccounted for,
and he, having left his cutlass on the field, was
now clambering out again with the" fear of death
upon him.
TREASURE ISLAND 195
" Fire — fire from the house ! " cried the doc-
tor. " And you, lads, back into cover."
But his words were unheeded, no shot was
fired, and the last boarder made good his es-
cape, and disappeared with the rest into the
wood. In three seconds nothing remained of the
attacking party but the five who had fallen, four
on the inside, and one on the outside, of the
palisade.
The doctor and Gray and I ran full speed for
shelter. The survivors would soon be back where
they had left their muskets, and at any moment
the fire might recommence.
The house was by this time somewhat cleared
of smoke, and we saw at a glance the price we
had paid for victory. Hunter lay beside his loop-
hole, stunned ; Joyce by his, shot through the head,
never to move again; while right in the centre,
the squire was supporting the captain, one as pale
as the other.
" The captain 's wounded," said Mr. Trelawney.
" Have they run ? " asked Mr. Smollett.
" All that could, you may be bound," returned
the doctor; "but there's five of them will never
run again."
" Five ! " cried the captain. " Come, that 's bet-
ter. Five against three leaves us four to nine.
That 's better odds than we had at starting. We
were seven to nineteen then, or thought we were,
and that 's as bad to bear." 1
1 The mutineers were soon only eight in nnmber, for the man
shot by Mr. Trelawney on board the schooner died that same even-
ing of his wound. But this was, of course, not known till after by
the faithful party.
PART V
MY SEA ADVENTURE
CHAPTER XXII
HOW MY SEA ADVENTURE BEGAN
THERE was no return of the mutineers —
not so much as another shot out of the
woods. They had " got their rations for
that day " as the captain put it, and we had the
place to ourselves and a quiet time to overhaul the
wounded and get dinner. Squire and I cooked
outside in spite of the danger, and even outside
we could hardly tell what we were at, for horror
of the loud groans that reached us from the doc-
tor's patients.
Out of the eight men who had fallen in the
action, only three still breathed — that one of the
pirates who had been shot at the loophole, Hunter,
and Captain Smollett; and of these the first two
were as good as dead; the mutineer, indeed, died
under the doctor's knife, and Hunter, do what we
could, never recovered consciousness in this world.
He lingered all day, breathing loudly like the old
buccaneer at home in his apoplectic fit; but the
bones of his chest had been crushed by the blow
and his skull fractured in falling, and some time
200 TREASURE ISLAND
in the following night, without sign or sound, he
went to his Maker.
As for the captain, his wounds were grievous
indeed, but not dangerous. No organ was fatally
injured. Anderson's ball — for it was Job that
shot him first — had broken his shoulder-blade and
touched the lung, not badly; the second had only
torn and displaced some muscles in the calf. He
was sure to recover, the doctor said, but, in the
meantime and for weeks to come, he must not
walk nor move his arm, nor so much as speak
when he could help it.
My own accidental cut across the knuckles was
a flea-bite. Dr. Livesey patched it up with plaster,
and pulled my ears for me into the bargain.
After dinner the squire and the doctor sat by
the captain's side awhile in consultation; and
when they had talked to their hearts' content, it
being then a little past noon, the doctor took up
his hat and pistols, girt on a cutlass, put the chart
in his pocket, and with a musket over his shoulder,
crossed the palisade on the north side, and set off
briskly through the trees.
Gray and I were sitting together at the far end
of the block-house, to be out of earshot of our
officers consulting; and Gray took his pipe out of
his mouth and fairly forgot to put it^back again,
so thunderstruck he was at this occurrence.
TREASURE ISLAND 201
" Why, in the name of Davy Jones/' said he,
"is Dr. Livesey mad ? "
" Why, no," says I. " He 's about the last of
this crew for that, I take it."
" Well, shipmate," said Gray, " mad he may not
be; but if he 's not, you mark my words, / am."
"I take it," replied I, " the doctor has his idea;
and if I am right, he 's going now to see Ben
Gunn."
I was right, as appeared later ; but, in the mean-
time, the house being stifling hot, and the little
patch of sand inside the palisade ablaze with mid-
day sun, I began to get another thought into my
head, which was not by any means so right. What
I began to do was to envy the doctor, walking in
the cool shadow of the woods, with the birds about
him, and the pleasant smell of the pines, while I
sat grilling, with my clothes stuck to the hot resin,
and so much blood about me, and so many poor
dead bodies lying all around, that I took a disgust
of the place that was almost as strong as fear.
All the time I was washing out the block-house,
and then washing up the things from dinner, this
disgust and envy kept growing stronger and
stronger, till at last, being near a bread-bag, and
no one then observing me, I took the first step
towards my escapade, and filled both pockets of
mv coat with biscuit.
202 TREASURE ISLAND
I was a fool, if you like, and certainly I was
going to do a foolish, over-bold act; but I was
determined to do it with all the precautions in my
power. These biscuits, should anything befall me,
would keep me, at least, from starving till far on
in the next day.
The next thing I laid hold of was a brace
of pistols, and as I already had a powder-horn
and bullets, I felt myself well supplied with
arms.
As for the scheme I had in my head, it was not
a bad one in itself. I was to go down the sandy
spit that divides the anchorage on the east from
the open sea, find the white rock I had observed
last evening, and ascertain whether it was there
or not that Ben Gunn had hidden his boat ; a thing
quite worth doing, as I still believe. But as I was
certain I should not be allowed to leave the en-
closure, my only plan was to take French leave,
and slip out when nobody was watching; and that
was so bad a way of doing it as made the thing
itself wrong. But I was only a boy, and I had
made my mind up.
Well, as things at last fell out, I found an ad-
mirable opportunity. The squire and Gray were
busy helping the captain with his bandages; the
coast was clear; I made a bolt for it over the
stockade and into the thickest of the trees, and
TREASURE ISLAND 203
before my absence was observed I was out of cry
of my companions.
This was my second folly, far worse than the
first, as I left but two sound men to guard the
house; but like the first, it was a help towards
saving all of us.
I 'took my way straight for the east coast of
the island, for I was determined to go down
the sea side of the spit to avoid all chance of
observation from the anchorage. It was already
late in the afternoon, although still warm and
sunny. As I continued to thread the tall woods
I could hear from far before me not only the
continuous thunder of the surf, but a certain
tossing of foliage and grinding of boughs which
showed me the sea breeze had set in higher than
usual. Soon cool draughts of air began to reach
me; and a few steps farther I came forth into
the open borders of the grove, and saw the sea
lying blue and sunny to the horizon, and the
surf tumbling and tossing its foam along the
beach.
I have never seen the sea quiet round Treasure
Island. The sun might blaze overhead, the air be
without a breath, the surface smooth and blue, but
still these great rollers would be running along
all the external coast, thundering and thundering
by day and night; and I scarce believe there is
204 TREASURE ISLAND
one spot in the island where a man would be out
of earshot of their noise.
I walked along beside the surf with great en-
joyment, till, thinking I was now got far enough
to the south, I took the cover of some thick bushes,
and crept warily up to the ridge of the spit.
Behind me was the sea, in front the anchorage.
The sea breeze, as though it had the sooner blown
itself out by its unusual violence, was already at
an end; it had been succeeded by light, variable
airs from the south and south-east, carrying great
banks of fog; and the anchorage, under lee of
Skeleton Island, lay still and leaden as when first
we entered it. The Hispaniola, in that unbroken
mirror, was exactly portrayed from the truck to
the water-line, the Jolly Roger hanging from her
peak.
Alongside lay one of the gigs, Silver in the
stern-sheets — him I could always recognise —
while a couple of men were leaning over the stern
bulwarks, one of them with a red cap — the very
rogue that I had seen some hours before stride-
legs upon the palisade. Apparently they were
talking and laughing, though at that distance —
upwards of a mile — I could, of course, hear no
word of what was said. All at once, there began
the most horrid, unearthly screaming, which at
first startled me badly, though I had soon remem-
TREASURE ISLAND 205
bered the voice of Captain Flint, and even thought
I could make out the bird by her bright plumage
as she sat perched upon her master's wrist.
Soon after the jolly-boat shoved off and pulled
for shore, and the man with the red cap and his
comrade went below by the cabin companion.
Jurt about the same time the sun had gone down
behind the Spy-glass, and as the fog was collect-
ing rapidly, it began to grow dark in earnest. I
saw I must lose no time if I were to find the boat
that evening.
The white rock, visible enough above the brush,
was still some eighth of a mile further down the
spit, and it took me a goodish while to get up with
it, crawling, often on all-fours, among the scrub.
Night had almost come when I laid my hand on
its rough sides. Right below it there was an ex-
ceedingly small hollow of green turf, hidden by
banks and a thick underwood about knee-deep, that
grew there very plentifully; and in the centre of
the dell, sure enough, a little tent of goat-skins,
like what the gipsies carry about with them in
England.
I dropped into the hollow, lifted the side of the
tent, and there was Ben Gunn's boat — home-made
if ever anything was home-made : a rude, lop-sided
framework of tough wood, and stretched upon that
a covering of goat-skin, with the hair inside. The
206 TREASURE ISLAND
thing was extremely small, even for me, ario^ $ in
hardly imagine that it could have floated with a
full-sized man. There was one thwart set as low
as possible, a kind of stretcher in the bows, and a
double paddle for propulsion.
I had not then seen a coracle, such as the ancient
Britons made, but I have seen one since, and I can
give you no fairer idea of Ben Gunn's boat than
by saying it was like the first and the worst coracle
ever made by man. But the great advantage of the
coracle it certainly possessed, for it was exceedingly
light and portable.
Well, now that I had found the boat, you would
have thought I had had enough of truantry for
once; but, in the meantime, I had taken another
notion, and become so obstinately fond of it, that
I would have carried it out, I believe, in the teeth
of Captain Smollett himself. This was to slip out
under cover of the night, cut the Hispaniola adrift,
and let her go ashore where she fancied. I had
quite made up my mind that the mutineers, after
their repulse of the morning, had nothing nearer
their hearts than to up anchor and away to sea;
this, I thought, it would be a fine thing to pre-
vent, and now that I had seen how they left their
watchmen unprovided with a boat, I thought it
might be done with little risk.
Down I sat to wait for darkness, and made a
TREASURE ISLAND 207
hearty meal of biscuit. It was a night out of ten
thousand for my purpose. The fog had now
buried all heaven. As the last rays of daylight
dwindled and disappeared, absolute blackness settled
down on Treasure Island. And when, at last, I
shouldered the coracle, and groped my way stum-
blingly out of the hollow where I had supped,
there were but two points visible on the whole
anchorage.
One was the great fire on shore, by which the
defeated pirates lay carousing in the swamp. The
other, a mere blur of light upon the darkness, in-
dicated the position of the anchored ship. She
had swung round to the ebb — her bow was now
towards me — the only lights on board were in
the cabin; and what I saw was merely a reflec-
tion on the fog of the strong rays that flowed
from the stern window.
The ebb had already run some time, and I had
to wade through a long belt of swampy sand,
where I sank several times above the ankle, before
I came to the edge of the retreating water, and
wading a little way in, with some strength and
dexterity, set my coracle, keel downwards, on the
surface.
CHAPTER XXIII
THE EBB-TIDE RUNS
THE coracle — as I had ample reason to
know before I was done with her — was
a very safe boat for a person of my
height and weight, both buoyant and clever in a
seaway; but she was the most cross-grained lop-
sided craft to manage. Do as you pleased, she
always made more leeway than anything else, and
turning round and round was the manoeuvre she
was best at. Even Ben Gunn himself has ad-
mitted that she was " queer to handle till you
knew her way."
Certainly I did not know her way. She turned
in every direction but the one I was bound to go;
the most part of the time we were broadside on,
and I am very sure I never should have made the
ship, at all but for the tide. By good fortune,
paddle as I pleased, the tide was still sweeping
me down; and there lay the Hispaniola right in
the fair way, hardly to be missed.
First she loomed before me like a" blot of some-
thing yet blacker than darkness, then her spars
TREASURE ISLAND 209
and hull began to take shape, and the next mo-
ment, as it seemed (for, the further I went, the
brisker grew the current of the ebb), I was along-
side of her hawser, and had laid hold.
The hauser was as taut as a bowstring, and the
current so strong she pulled upon her anchor. All
round the hull, in the blackness, the rippling cur-
rent bubbled and chattered like a little mountain
stream. One cut with my sea-gully, and the His-
paniola would go humming down the tide.
So far so good; but it next occurred to my
recollection that a taut hawser, suddenly cut, is
a thing as dangerous as a kicking horse. Ten to
one, if I were so foolhardy as to cut. the Hispaniola
from her anchor, I and the coracle would be
knocked clean out of the water.
This brought me to a full stop, and if fortune
had not again particularly favoured me, I should
have had to abandon my design. But the light
airs which had begun blowing from the south-east
and south had hauled round after nightfall into
the south-west. Just while I was meditating, a
puff came, caught the Hispaniola, and forced her
up into the current; and to my great joy, I felt
the hawser slacken in my grasp, and the hand
by which I held it dip for a second under water.
With that I made my mind up, took out my
gully, opened it with my teeth, and cut one strand
toL. vr. — 14
210 TREASURE ISLAND
after another, till the vessel swung only by two.
Then I lay quiet, waiting to sever these last when
the strain should be once more lightened by a
breath of wind.
All this time I had heard the sound of loud
voices from the cabin ; but, to say truth, my mind
had been so entirely taken up with other thoughts
that I had scarcely given ear. Now, however,
when I had nothing else to do, I began to pay
more heed.
One I recognised for the coxswain's, Israel
Hands, that had been Flint's gunner in former
days. The other was, of course, my friend of
the red night-cap. Both men were plainly the
worse of drink, and they were still drinking ; for,
even while I was listening, one of them, with a
drunken cry, opened the stern window and threw
out something, which I divined to be an empty
bottle. But they were not only tipsy; it was
plain that they were furiously angry. Oaths flew
like hailstones, and every now and then there came
forth such an explosion as I thought was sure to
end in blows. But each time the quarrel passed
off, and the voices grumbled lower for awhile,
until the next crisis came, and, in its turn, passed
away without result.
On shore; I could see the glow'of the great
camp fire burning warmly through the shore-side
TREASURE ISLAND 211
trees. Some one was singing, a dull, old, droning
sailor's song, with a droop and a quaver at the
end of every verse, and seemingly no end to it at
all but the patience of the singer. I had heard it
on the voyage more than once, and remembered
these words:
" But one man of her crew alive,
What put to sea with seventy-five."
And I thought it was a ditty rather too dolefully
appropriate for a company that had met such cruel
losses in the morning. But, indeed, from what I
saw, all these buccaneers were as callous as the
sea they sailed on.
At last the breeze came; the schooner sidled
and drew nearer in the dark; I felt the hawser
slacken once more, and with a good, tough effort,
cut the last fibres through.
The breeze had but little action on the coracle,
and I was almost instantly swept against the bows
of the Hispaniola. At the same time the schooner
began to turn upon her heel, spinning slowly, end
for end, across the current.
I wrought like a fiend, for I expected every
moment to be swamped; and since I found I
could not push the coracle, directly off, I now
shoved straight astern. At length I was clear of
my dangerous neighbour; and just as I gave the
212 TREASURE ISLAND
last impulsion, my hands came across a light cord
that was trailing overboard across the stern bul-
warks. Instantly I grasped it.
Why I should have done so I can hardly say.
It was at first mere instinct; but once I had it in
my -hands and found it fast, curiosity began to
get the upper hand, and I determined I should
have one look through the cabin window.
I pulled in hand over hand on the cord, and,
when I judged myself near enough, rose at in-
finite risk to about half my height, and thus com-
manded the roof and a slice of the interior of the
cabin.
By this time the schooner and her little consort
were gliding pretty swiftly through the water;
indeed, we had already fetched up level with the
camp fire. The ship was talking, as sailors say,
loudly, treading the innumerable ripples with an
incessant weltering splash; and until I got my
eye above the window-sill I could not comprehend
why the watchmen had taken no alarm. One
glance, however, was sufficient; and it was only
one glance that I durst take from that unsteady
skiff. It showed me Hands and his companion
locked together in deadly wrestle, each with a
hand upon the other's throat.
I dropped upon the thwart again, none too
soon, for I was near overboard. I could see
TREASURE ISLAND 213
nothing for the moment, but these two furious,
encrimsoned faces, swaying together under the
smoky lamp; and I shut my eyes to let them
grow once more familiar with the darkness.
The endless ballad had come to an end at last,
and the whole diminished company about the
camp fire had broken into the chorus I had heard
so often:
" Fifteen men on the dead man's chest —
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum !
Drink and the devil had done for the rest —
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum ! "
I was just thinking how busy drink and the
devil were at that very moment in the cabin of
the Hispaniola, when I was surprised by a sud-
den lurch of the coracle. At the same moment
she yawed sharply and seemed to change her
course. The speed in the meantime had strangely
increased.
I opened my eyes at once. All round me were
little ripples, combing over with a sharp, bristling
sound and slightly phosphorescent. The His-
paniola herself, a few yards in whose wake I
was still being whirled along, seemed to stagger
in her course, and I saw her spars toss a little
against the blackness of the night; nay, as I
looked longer, I made sure she also was wheeling
to the southward.
2i4 TREASURE ISLAND
I glanced over my shoulder, and my heart
jumped against my ribs. There, right behind me,
was the glow of the camp fire. The current had
turned at right angles, sweeping round along with
it the tall schooner and the little dancing coracle;
ever quickening, ever bubbling higher, ever mut-
tering louder, it went spinning through the nar-
rows for the open sea.
Suddenly the schooner in front of me gave a
violent yaw, turning, perhaps, through twenty
degrees; and almost at the same moment one
shout followed another from on board; I could
hear feet pounding on the companion ladder; and
I knew that the two drunkards had at last been
interrupted in their quarrel and awakened to a
sense of their disaster.
I lay down flat in the bottom of that wretched
skiff, and devoutly recommended my spirit to
its Maker. At the end of the straits, I made
sure we must fall into some bar of raging
breakers, where all my troubles would be ended
speedily; and though I could, perhaps, bear to
die, I could not bear to look upon my fate as it
approached.
So I must have lain for hours, continually
beaten to and fro upon the billows, now and again
wetted with flying sprays, and never ceasing to
expect death at the next plunge. Gradually weari-
TREASURE ISLAND 215
ness grew upon me; a numbness, an occasional
stupor, fell upon my mind even in the midst of
my terrors; until sleep at last supervened, and
in my sea-tossed coracle I lay and dreamed of
home and the old " Admiral Benbow."
CHAPTER XXIV
THE CRUISE OF THE CORACLE
IT was broad day when I awoke, and found
myself tossing at the south-west end of
Treasure Island. The sun was up, but was
still hid from me behind the great bulk of the
Spy-glass, which on this side descended almost
to the sea in formidable cliffs.
Haulbowline Head and Mizzen-mast Hill were
at my elbow; the hill bare and dark, the head
bound with cliffs forty or fifty feet high, and
fringed with great masses of fallen rock. I was
scarce a quarter of a mile to seaward, and it was
my first thought to paddle in and land.
That notion was soon given over. Among the
fallen rocks the breakers spouted and bellowed;
loud reverberations, heavy sprays flying and fall-
ing, succeeded one another from second to second ;
and I saw myself, if I ventured nearer, dashed to
death upon the rough shore, or spending my
strength in vain to scale the beetling crags.
Nor was that all ; for crawling together on flat
tables of rock, or letting themselves drop into the
TREASURE ISLAND 217
sea with loud reports, I beheld huge slimy mon-
sters — soft snails, as it were, of incredible big-
ness — two or three score of them together,
making the rocks to echo with their barkings.
I have understood since that they were sea
lions, and entirely harmless. But the look of
them, added to the difficulty of the shore and the
high running of the surf, was more than enough
to disgust me of that landing place. I felt will-
ing rather to starve at sea than to confront such
perils.
In the meantime I had a better chance, as I
supposed, before me. North of Haulbowline
Head, the land runs in a long way, leaving, at
low tide, a long stretch of yellow sand. To the
north of that, again, there comes another cape
— Cape of the Woods, as it was marked upon the
chart — buried in tall green pines, which descended
to the margin of the sea.
I remembered what Silver had said about the
current that sets northward along the whole west
coast of Treasure Island; and seeing from my
position that I was already under its influence, I
preferred to leave Haulbowline Head behind me,
and reserve my strength for an attempt to land
upon the kindlier-looking Cape of the Woods.
There was a great, smooth swell upon the sea.
The wind blowing steady and gentle from the
218 TREASURE ISLAND
south, there was no contrariety between that and
the current, and the billows rose and fell unbroken.
Had it been otherwise, I must long ago have
perished; but as it was, it is surprising how easily
and securely my little and light boat could ride.
Often, as I still lay at the bottom, and kept no
more than an eye above the gunwale, I would see
a big blue summit heaving close above me; yet
the coracle would but bounce a little, dance as if
on springs, and subside on the other side into the
trough as lightly as a bird.
I began after a little to grow very bold, and
sat up to try my skill at paddling. But even a
small change in the disposition of the weight will
produce violent changes in the behaviour of a
coracle. And I had hardly moved before the boat,
giving up at once her gentle dancing movement,
ran straight down a slope of water so steep that
it made me giddy, and struck her nose, with a
spout of spray, deep into the side of the next
wave.
I was drenched and terrified, and fell instantly
back into my old position, whereupon the coracle
seemed to find her head again, and led me as
softly as before among the billows. It was plain
she was not to be interfered with, and at that
rate, since I could in no way influence her course,
what hope had I left of reaching land?
TREASURE ISLAND 219
I began to be horribly frightened, but I kept
my head, for all that. First, moving with all care,
I gradually baled out the coracle with my sea-cap ;
then getting my eye once more above the gun-
wale, I set myself to study how it was she man-
aged to slip so quietly through the rollers.
I found each wave, instead of the big, smooth
glossy mountain it looks from shore, or from a
vessel's deck, was for all the world like any range
of hills on the dry land, full of peaks and smooth
places and valleys. The coracle, left to herself,
turning from side to side, threaded, so to speak,
her way through these lower parts, and avoided
the steep slopes and higher, toppling summits of
the wave.
" Well, now," thought I to myself, " it is plain
I must lie where I am, and not disturb the bal-
ance; but it is plain, also, that I can put the
paddle over the side, and from time to time, in
smooth places, give her a shove or two towards
land." No sooner thought upon than done.
There I lay on my elbows, in the most trying
attitude, and every now and again gave a weak
stroke or two to turn her head to shore.
It was very tiring, and slow work, yet I did
visibly gain ground; and, as we drew near the
Cape of the Woods, though I saw I must infal-
libly miss that point, I had still made some hun-
220 TREASURE ISLAND
dred yards of easting. I was, indeed, close in.
I could see the cool, green tree-tops swaying to-
gether in the breeze, and I felt sure I should make
the next promontory without fail.
It was high time, for I now began to be tor-
tured with thirst. The glow of the sun from
above, its thousand- fold reflection from the waves,
the sea-water that fell and dried upon me, caking
my very lips with salt, combined to make my
throat burn and my brain ache. The sight of the
trees so near at hand had almost made me sick
with longing; but the current had soon carried
me past the point; and, as the next reach of sea
opened out, I beheld a sight that changed the
nature of my thoughts.
Right in front of me, not half a mile away, I
beheld the Hispaniola under sail. I made sure,
of course, that I should be taken; but I was so
distressed for want of water, that I scarce knew
whether to be glad or sorry at the thought; and,
long before I had come to a conclusion, surprise
had taken entire possession of my mind, and I
could do nothing but stare and wonder.
The Hispaniola was under her main-sail and
two jibs, and the beautiful white canvas shone in
the sun like snow or silver. When I first sighted
her, all her sails were drawing; she was laying a
course about north-west ; and I presumed the men
TREASURE ISLAND 221
on board were going round the island on their
way back to the anchorage. Presently she began
to fetch more and more to the westward, so that
I thought they had sighted me and were going
about in chase. At last, however, she fell right
into the wind's eye, was taken dead aback, and
stood there awhile helpless, with her sails shivering.
" Clumsy fellows," said I ; " they must still be
drunk as owls." And I thought how Captain
Smollett would have set them skipping.
Meanwhile, the schooner gradually fell off, and
filled again upon another tack, sailed swiftly for
a minute or so, and brought up once more dead
in the wind's eye. Again and again was this re-
peated. To and fro, up and down, north, south,
east, and west, the Hispaniola sailed by swoops
and dashes, and at each repetition ended as she
had begun, with idly flapping canvas. It became
plain to me that nobody was steering. And, if
so, where were the men? Either they were dead
drunk, or had deserted her, I thought, and per-
haps if I could get on board, I might return the
vessel to her captain.
The current was bearing coracle and schooner
southward at an equal rate. As for the Barter's
sailing, it was so wild and intermittent, and she
hung each time so long in irons, that she certainly
gained nothing, if she did not even lose. If only
222 TREASURE ISLAND
I dared to sit up and paddle, I made sure that I
could overhaul her. The scheme had an air of
adventure that inspired me, and the thought of
the water breaker beside the fore companion
doubled my growing courage.
Up I got, was welcomed almost instantly by
another cloud of spray, but this time stuck to my
purpose; and set myself, with all my strength and
caution, to paddle after the unsteered Hispaniola.
Once I shipped a sea so heavy that I had to stop
and bail, with my heart fluttering like a bird;
but gradually I got into the way of the thing,
and guided my coracle among the waves, with
only now and then a blow upon her bows and a
dash of foam in my face.
I was now gaining rapidly on the schooner; I
could see the brass glisten on the tiller as it
banged about; and still no soul appeared upon
her decks. I could not choose but suppose she
was deserted. If not, the men were lying drunk
below, where I might batten them down, perhaps,
and do what I chose with the ship.
For some time she had been doing the worst
thing possible for me — standing still. She
headed nearly due south, yawing, of course, all
the time. Each time she fell off her sails partly
filled, and these brought her, in a moment, right
to the wind again. I have said this was the worst
TREASURE ISLAND 223
thing possible for me; for helpless as she looked
in this situation, with the canvas cracking like
cannon, and the blocks trundling and banging on
the deck, she still continued to run away from
me, not only with the speed of the current, but
by the whole amount of her leeway, which was
naturally great.
But now, at last, I had my chance. The breeze
fell, for some seconds, very low, and the current
gradually turning her, the Hispaniola revolved
slowly round her centre, and at last presented me
her stern, with the cabin window still gaping
open, and the lamp over the table still burning on
into the day. The main-sail hung drooped like a
banner. She was stock-still, but for the current.
For the last little while I had even lost; but
now, redoubling my efforts, I began once more
to overhaul the chase.
I was not a hundred yards from her when the
wind came again in a clap; she filled on the port
tack, and was off again, stooping and skimming
like a swallow.
My first impulse was one of despair, but my
second was towards joy. Round she came, till
she was broad-side on to me — round still till she
had covered a half, and then two-thirds, and then
three-quarters of the distance that separated us.
I could see the waves boiling white under her
224 TREASURE ISLAND
forefoot. Immensely tall she looked to me from
my low station in the coracle.
And then, of a sudden, I began to comprehend.
I had scarce time to think — scarce time to act
and save myself. I was on the summit of one
swell when the schooner came stooping over the
next. The bowsprit was over my head. I sprang
to my feet, and leaped, stamping the coracle under
water. With one hand I caught the jib-boom,
while my foot was lodged between the stay and
the brace; and as I still clung there panting, a
dull blow told me that the schooner had charged
down upon and struck the coracle, and that I
was left without retreat on the Hispaniola.
CHAPTER XXV
I STRIKE THE JOLLY ROGER
I HAD scarce gained a position on the bowsprit,
when the flying jib flapped and filled upon
the other tack, with a report like a gun. The
schooner trembled to her keel under the reverse;
but next moment, the other sails still drawing, the
jib flapped back again, and hung idle.
This had nearly tossed me off into the sea ; and
now I lost no time, crawled back along the bow-
sprit, and tumbled head-foremost on the deck.
I was on the lee side of the forecastle, and the
main-sail, which was still drawing, concealed from
me a certain portion of the after-deck. Not a
soul was to be seen. The planks, which had not
been swabbed since the mutiny, bore the print of
many feet; and an empty bottle, broken by the
neck, tumbled to and fro like a live thing in the
scuppers.
Suddenly the Hispaniola came right into the
wind. The jibs behind me cracked aloud; the
rudder slammed to ; the whole ship gave a sicken-
ing heave and shudder, and at the same moment
VOL. VI. — 15
226 TREASURE ISLAND
the main-boom swung inboard, the sheet groaning
in the blocks, and showed me the lee after-deck.
There were the two watchmen, sure enough:
red-cap on his back, as stiff as a handspike, with
his arms stretched out like those of a crucifix, and
his teeth showing through his open lips; Israel
Hands propped against the bulwarks, his chin on
his chest, his hands lying open before him on the
deck, his face as white, under its tan, as a tallow
candle.
For awhile the ship kept bucking and sidling
like a vicious horse, the sails filling, now on one
tack, now on another, and the boom swinging to
and fro till the mast groaned aloud under the
strain. Now and again, too, there would come a
cloud of light sprays over the bulwark, and a
heavy blow of the ship's bows against the swell:
so much heavier weather was made of it by this
great rigged ship than by my home-made, lop-
sided coracle, now gone to the bottom of the sea.
At every jump of the schooner, red-cap slipped
to and fro; but — what was ghastly to behold —
neither his attitude nor his fixed teeth-disclosing
grin was anyway disturbed by this rough usage.
At every jump, too, Hands appeared still more to
sink into himself and settle down upon the deck,
his feet sliding ever the farther out, -and the whole
body canting towards the stern, so that his face
TREASURE ISLAND 227
became, little by little, hid from me; and at last
I could see nothing beyond his ear and the frayed
ringlet of one whisker.
At the same time, I observed, around both of
them, splashes of dark blood upon the planks, and
began to feel sure that they had killed each other
in their drunken wrath.
While I was thus looking and wondering, in a
calm moment, when the ship was still, Israel Hands
turned partly round, and, with a low moan, writhed
himself back to the position in which I had seen
him first. The moan, which told of pain and deadly
weakness, and the way in which his jaw hung open,
went right to my heart. But when I remembered
the talk I had overheard from the apple barrel, all
pity left me.
I walked aft until I reached the main-mast.
" Come aboard, Mr. Hands," I said, ironically.
He rolled his eyes round heavily; but he was
too far gone to express surprise. All he could do
was to utter one word, " Brandy."
It occurred to me there was no time to lose;
and, dodging the boom as it once more lurched
across the deck, I slipped aft, and down the com-
panion stairs into the cabin.
It was such a scene of confusion as you can
hardly fancy. All the lockfast places had been
broken open in quest of the chart. The floor was
228 TREASURE ISLAND
thick with mud, where ruffians had sat down to
drink or consult after wading in the marshes round
their camp. The bulkheads, all painted in clear
white, and beaded round with gilt, bore a pattern
of dirty hands. Dozens of empty bottles clinked
together in corners to the rolling of the ship. One
of the doctor's medical books lay open on the
table, half of the leaves gutted out, I suppose, for
pipelights. In the midst of all this the lamp still
cast a smoky glow, obscure and brown as umber.
I went into the cellar ; all the barrels were gone,
and of the bottles a most surprising number had
been drunk out and thrown away. Certainly, since
the mutiny began, not a man of them could ever
have been sober.
Foraging about, I found a bottle with some
brandy left, for Hands; and for myself I routed
out some biscuit, some pickled fruits, a great bunch
of raisins, and a piece of cheese. With these I
came on deck, put down my own stock behind the
rudder head, and well out of the coxswain's reach,
went forward to the water-breaker, and had a good,
deep drink of water, and then, and not till then,
gave Hands the brandy.
He must have drunk a gill before he took the
bottle from his mouth.
" Aye," said he, " by thunder, -but I wanted
some o' that!"
TREASURE ISLAND 229
I had sat down already in my own corner and
begun to eat.
" Much hurt? " I asked him.
He grunted, or, rather, I might say, he barked.
" If that doctor was aboard," he said, " I 'd be
right enough in a couple of turns; but I don't
have no manner of luck, you see, and that 's
what 's the matter with me. As for that swab,
he 's good and dead, he is," he added, indicating
the man with the red cap. " He warn't no sea-
man, anyhow. And where mought you have come
from?"
" Well," said I, " I 've come aboard to take pos-
session of this ship, Mr. Hands ; and you '11 please
regard me as your captain until further notice."
He looked at me sourly enough, but said noth-
ing. Some of the colour had come back into his
cheeks, though he still looked very sick, and still
continued to slip out and settle down as the ship
banged about.
" By-the-by," I continued, " I can't have these
colours, Mr. Hands; and, by your leave, I '11 strike
'em. Better none than these."
And, again dodging the boom, I ran to the
colour lines, handed down their cursed black flag,
and chucked it overboard.
" God save the king! " said I, waving my cap;
"and there's an end to Captain Silver!"
230 TREASURE ISLAND
He watched me keenly and slyly, his chin all
the while on his breast.
" I reckon," he said at last — "I reckon, Cap'n
Hawkins, you '11 kind of want to get ashore, now.
S'pose we talks."
" Why, yes," says I, " with all my heart, Mr.
Hands. Say on." And I went back to my meal
with a good appetite.
" This man," he began, nodding feebly at the
corpse — " O'Brien were his name — a rank Ire-
lander — this man and me got the canvas on her,
meaning for to sail her back. Well, he 's dead
now, he is — as dead as bilge ; and who 's to sail
this ship, I don't see. Without I gives you a hint,
you ain't that man, as far 's I can tell. Now, look
here, you gives me food and drink, and a old scarf
or ankecher to tie my wound up, you do ; and I '11
tell you how to sail her ; and that 's about square
all round, I take it."
" I '11 tell you one thing," says I : " I 'm not
going back to Captain Kidd's anchorage. I mean
to get into North Inlet, and beach her quietly
there."
" To be sure you did," he cried. " Why, I ain't
sich an infernal lubber, after all. I can see, can't
I ? I 've tried my fling, I have, and I 've lost, and
it 's you has the wind of me. North- Inlet ? Why,
I have n't no ch'ice, not I ! I 'd help you sail
TREASURE ISLAND 231
her up to Execution Dock, by thunder! so I
would."
Well, as it seemed to me, there was some sense
in this. We struck our bargain on the spot. In
three minutes I had the Hispaniola sailing easily
before the wind along the coast of Treasure Island,
with good hopes of turning the northern point ere
noon, and beating down again as far as North
Inlet before high water, when we might beach her
safely, and wait till the subsiding tide permitted
us to land.
Then I lashed the tiller and went below to my
own chest, where I got a soft silk handkerchief
of my mother's. With this, and with my aid,
Hands bound up the great bleeding stab he had
received in the thigh, and after he had eaten a
little and had a swallow or two more of the
brandy, he began to pick up visibly, sat straighter
up, spoke louder and clearer, and looked in every
way another man.
The breeze served us admirably. We skimmed
before it like a bird, the coast of the island flash-
ing by, and the view changing every minute. Soon
we were past the high lands and bowling beside
lew, sandy country, sparsely dotted with dwarf
pines, and soon we were beyond that again, and
had turned the corner of the rocky hill that ends
the island on the north.
232 TREASURE ISLAND
I was greatly elated with my new command, and
pleased with the bright, sunshiny weather and these
different prospects of the coast. I had now plenty
of water and good things to eat, and my conscience,
which had smitten me hard for my desertion, was
quieted by the great conquest I had made. I
should, I think, have had nothing left me to desire
but for the eyes of the coxswain as they followed
me derisively about the deck, and the odd smile
that appeared continually on his face. It was a
smile that had in it something both of pain and
weakness — a haggard, old man's smile ; but there
was, besides that, a grain of derision, a shadow of
treachery in his expression as he craftily watched,
and watched, and watched me at my work.
CHAPTER XXVI
ISRAEL HANDS
THE wind, serving us to a desire, now
hauled into the west. We could run
so much the easier from the north-east
corner of the island to the mouth of the North
Inlet. Only, as we had no power to anchor, and
dared not beach her till the tide had flowed a
good deal farther, time hung on our hands. The
coxswain told me how to lay the ship to; after
a good many trials I succeeded, and we both sat
in silence, over another meal.
" Cap'n," said he, at length, with that same
uncomfortable smile, " here 's my old shipmate,
O'Brien; s'pose you was to heave him overboard.
I ain't partic'lar as a rule, and I don't take no
blame for settling his hash; but I don't reckon
him ornamental, now, do you ? "
" I 'm not strong enough, and I don't like the
job; and there he lies, for me," said I.
" This here 's an unlucky ship — this Hispaniolirt
Jim," he went on, blinking. " There 's a powe^l
of men been killed in this Hispaniola — a sigh(,
234 TREASURE ISLAND
o' poor seamen dead and gone since you and me
took ship to Bristol. I never seen sich dirty luck,
not I. There was this here O'Brien, now — he 's
dead, ain't he ? Well, now, I 'm no scholar, and
you 're a lad as can read and figure ; and, to put
it straight, do you take it as a dead man is dead
for good, or do he come alive again ? "
" You can kill the body, Mr. Hands, but not
the spirit; you must know that already," I re-
plied. " O'Brien there is in another world, and
maybe watching us."
" Ah ! " says he. " Well, that 's unfort'nate
appears as if killing parties was a waste of tii
Howsomever, sperrits don't reckon for much,
what I 've seen. I '11 chance it with the sperri
Jim. And now, you 've spoke up free, and I
take it kind if you 'd step down into that thei
cabin and get me a — well, a — shiver my tim
bers ! I can't hit the name on 't ; well, you get
me a bottle of wine, Jim — this here brandy 's too
strong for my head."
Now, the coxswain's hesitation seemed to be
unnatural ; and as for the notion of his preferring
wine to brandy, I entirely disbelieved it. The
whole story was a pretext. He wanted me to
>ave the deck — so much was plain ; but with
what purpose I could in no way "imagine. His
eyes never met mine; they kept wandering to and
TREASURE ISLAND 235
fro, up and down, now with a look to the sky,
now with a flitting glance upon the dead O'Brien.
All the time he kept smiling, and putting his
tongue out in the most guilty, embarrassed man-
ner, so that a child could have told that he was
bent on some deception. I was prompt with my
answer, however, for I saw where my advantage
lay; and that with a fellow so densely stupid I
could easily conceal my suspicions to the end.
" Some wine? " I said. " Far better. Will you
have white or red ? "
" Well, I reckon it 's about the blessed same to
me, shipmate," he replied ; " so it 's strong, and
plenty of it, what's the odds?"
" All right," I answered. " I '11 bring you port,
Mr. Hands. But I '11 have to dig for it."
With that I scuttled down the companion with
all the noise I could, slipped off my shoes, ran
quietly along the sparred gallery, mounted the
forecastle ladder, and popped my head out of the
fore companion. I knew he would not expect to
see me there; yet I took every precaution pos-
sible; and certainly the worst of my suspicions
proved too true.
He had risen from his position to his hands
and knees; and, though his leg obviously hurt
him pretty sharply when he moved — for I could
hear him stifle a groan — yet it was at a good,
236 TREASURE ISLAND
rattling rate that he trailed himself across the
deck. In half a minute he had reached the port
scuppers, and picked, out of a coil of rope, a long
knife, or rather a short dirk, discoloured to the
hilt with blood. He looked upon it for a moment,
thrusting forth his under jaw, tried the point upon
his hand, and then, hastily concealing it in the
bosom of his jacket, trundled back again into his
old place against the bulwark.
This was all that I required to know. Israel
could move about; he was now armed; and if
he had been at so much trouble to get rid of me,
it was plain that I was meant to be the victim.
What he would do afterwards — whether he would
try to crawl right across the island from North
Inlet to the camp among the swamps, or whether
he would fire Long Tom, trusting that his own
comrades might come first to help him, was, of
course, more than I could say.
Yet I felt sure that I could trust him in one
point, since in that our interests jumped together,
and that was in the disposition of the schooner.
We both desired to have her stranded safe enough,
in a sheltered place, and so that, when the time
came, she could be got off again with as little
labour and danger as might be; and until that
was done I considered that my life would cer-
tainly be spared.
TREASURE ISLAND 237
While I was thus turning the business over in
my mind, I had not been idle with my body. I
had stolen back to the cabin, slipped once more
into my shoes, and laid my hand at random on a
bottle of wine, and now, with this for an excuse,
I made my re-appearance on the deck.
Hands lay as I had left him, all fallen together
in a bundle, and with his eyelids lowered, as
though he were too weak to bear the light. He
looked up, however, at my coming, knocked the
neck off the bottle, like a man who had done the
same thing often, and took a good swig, with his
favourite toast of " Here 's luck ! " Then he lay
quiet for a little, and then, pulling out a stick of
tobacco, begged me to cut him a quid.
" Cut me a junk o' that," says he, " for I
have n't no knife, and hardly strength enough, so
be as I had. Ah, Jim, Jim, I reckon I 've missed
stays ! Cut me a quid, as '11 likely be the last,
lad; for I 'm for my long home, and no mistake."
"Well," said I, "I'll cut you some tobacco;
but if I was you and thought myself so badly, I
would go to my prayers, like a Christian man."
" Why ? " said he. " Now, you tell me why."
" Why ? " I cried. " You were asking me just
now about the dead. You 've broken your trust ;
you Ve lived in sin and lies and blood ; there 's
a man you killed lying at your feet this moment;
238 TREASURE ISLAND
and you ask me why! For God's mercy, Mr.
Hands, that's why."
I spoke with a little heat, thinking of the bloody
dirk he had hidden in his pocket, and designed,
in his ill thoughts, to end me with. He, for his
part, took a great draught of the wine, and spoke
with the most unusual solemnity.
" For thirty years," he said, " I Ve sailed the
seas, and seen good and bad, better and worse,
fair weather and foul, provisions running out,
knives going, and what not. Well, now I tell
you, I never seen good come o' goodness yet.
Him as strikes first is my fancy; dead men
don't bite; them's my views — amen, so be it.
And now, you look here," he added, suddenly
changing his tone, " we Ve had about enough
of this foolery. The tide 's made good enough
by now. You just take my orders, Cap'n
Hawkins, and we '11 sail slap in and be done
with it."
All told, we had scarce two miles to run ; but the
navigation was delicate, the entrance to this north-
ern anchorage was not only narrow and shoal, but
lay east and west, so that the schooner must be
nicely handled to be got in. I think I was a good,
prompt subaltern, and I am very sure that Hands
was an excellent pilot; for we went about and
about, and dodged in, shaving the banks, with a
TREASURE ISLAND 239
certainty and a neatness that were a pleasure to
behold.
Scarcely had we passed the heads before the
land closed around us. The shores of North Inlet
were as thickly wooded as those of the southern
anchorage ; but the space was longer and narrower,
and more like, what in truth it was, the estuary of
a river. Right before us, at the southern end, we
saw the wreck of a ship in the last stages of dilapi-
dation. It had been a great vessel of three masts,
but had lain so long exposed to the injuries of the
weather, that it was hung about with great webs
of dripping seaweed, and on the deck of it shore
bushes had taken root, and now flourished thick
with flowers. It was a sad sight, but it showed us
that the anchorage was calm.
" Now," said Hands, " look there ; there 's a
pet bit for to beach a ship in. Fine flat sand,
never a catspaw, trees all around of it, and flowers
a-blowing like a garding on that old ship."
" And once beached," I inquired, " how shall we
get her off again? "
" Why, so," he replied : " you take a line ashore
there on the other side at low water: take a turn
about one o' them big pines ; bring it back, take a
turn round the capstan, and lie-to for the tide.
Come high water, all hands take a pull upon the
line, and off she comes as sweet as natur'. And
24o TREASURE ISLAND
now, boy, you stand by. We 're near the bit now,
and she 's too much way on her. Starboard a
little — so — steady — starboard — larboard a
little — steady — steady ! "
So he issued his commands, which I breathlessly
obeyed ; till, all of a sudden, he cried, " Now, my
hearty, luff ! " And I put the helm hard up, and
the Hispaniola swung round rapidly, and ran stem
on for the low wooded shore.
The excitement of these last manoeuvres had
somewhat interfered with the watch I had kept
hitherto, sharply enough, upon the coxswain. Even
then I was still so much interested, waiting for
the ship to touch, that I had quite forgot the peril
that hung over my head, and stood craning over
the starboard bulwarks and watching the ripples
spreading wide before the bows. I might have
fallen without a struggle for my life, had not a
sudden disquietude seized upon me, and made me
turn my head. Perhaps I had heard a creak, or
seen his shadow moving with the tail of my eye;
perhaps it was an instinct like a cat's; but, sure
enough, when I looked round, there was Hands,
already half-way towards me, with the dirk in his
right hand.
We must both have cried out aloud when our
eyes met; but while mine was the shrill cry of
terror, his was a roar of fury like a charging bull's.
TREASURE ISLAND 241
At the same instant he threw himself forward, and
I leaped sideways towards the bows. As I did so,
I let go of the tiller, which sprang sharp to lee-
ward ; and I think this saved my life, for it struck
Hands across the chest, and stopped him, for the
moment, dead.
Before he could recover, I was safe out of the
corner where he had me trapped, with all the deck
to dodge about. Just forward of the main-mast I
stopped, drew a pistol from my pocket, took a cool
aim, though he had already turned and was once
more coming directly after me, and drew the
trigger. The hammer fell, but there followed
neither flash nor sound; the priming was useless
with sea-water. I cursed myself for my neglect.
Why had not I, long before, reprimed and reloaded
my only weapons? Then I should not have been
as now, a mere fleeing sheep before this butcher.
Wounded as he was, it was wonderful how fast
he could move, his grizzled hair tumbling over his
face, and his face itself as red as a red ensign with
his haste and fury. I had no time to try my other
pistol, nor, indeed, much inclination, for I was
sure it would be useless. One thing I saw plainly :
I must not simply retreat before him, or he would
speedily hold me boxed into the bows, as a moment
since he had so nearly boxed me in the stern. Once
so caught, and nine or ten inches of the blood-
*OL. VI. — l6
242 TREASURE ISLAND
stained dirk would be my last experience on this
side of eternity. I placed my palms against the
main-mast, which was of a goodish bigness, and
waited, every nerve upon the stretch.
Seeing that I meant to dodge, he also paused ;
and a moment or two passed in feints on his part,
and corresponding movements upon mine. It was
such a game as I had often played at home about
the rocks of Black Hill Cove; but never before,
you may be sure, with such a wildly beating heart
as now. Still, as I say, it was a boy's game, and
I thought I could hold my own at it, against an
elderly seaman with a wounded thigh. Indeed,
my courage had begun to rise so high, that I
allowed myself a few darting thoughts on what
would be the end of the affair; and while I saw
certainly that I could spin it out for long, I saw no
hope of any ultimate escape.
Well, while things stood thus, suddenly the
Hispaniola struck, staggered, ground for an instant
in the sand, and then, swift as a blow, canted over
to the port side, till the deck stood at an angle of
forty-five degrees, and about a puncheon of water
splashed into the scupper holes, and lay, in a pool,
between the deck and bulwark.
We were both cf us capsized in a second, and
both of us rolled, almost together, into the scuppers ;
the dead red-cap, with his arms still spread out,
TREASURE ISLAND 243
tumbling stiffly after us. So near were we, indeed,
that my head came against the coxswain's foot with
a crack that made my teeth rattle. Blow and all,
I was the first afoot again; for Hands had got
involved with the dead body. The sudden canting
of the ship had made the deck no place for running
on; I had to find some new way of escape, and
that upon the instant, for my foe was almost touch-
ing me. Quick as thought, I sprang into the mizzen
shrouds, rattled up hand over hand, and did not
draw a breath till I was seated on the cross-trees.
I had been saved by being prompt; the dirk
had struck not half a foot below me, as I pursued
my upward flight; and there stood Israel Hands
with his mouth open and his face upturned to mine,
a perfect statue of surprise and disappointment.
Now that I had a moment to myself, I lost no
time in changing the priming of my pistol, and
then, having one ready for service, and to make
assurance doubly sure, I proceeded to draw the
load of the other, and recharge it afresh from the
beginning.
My new employment struck Hands all of a heap ;
he began to see the dice going against him; and
after an obvious hesitation, he also hauled himself
heavily into the shrouds, and, with the dirk in his
teeth, began slowly and painfully to mount. It
cost him no end of time and groans to haul his
244 TREASURE ISLAND
wounded leg behind him; and I had quietly fin-
ished my arrangements before he was much more
than a third of the way up. Then, with a pistol
in either hand, I addressed him.
" One more step, Mr. Hands," said I, " and I '11
blow your brains out! Dead men don't bite, you
know," I added, with a chuckle.
He stopped instantly. I could see by the working
of his face that he was trying to think, and the
process was so slow and laborious that, in my new-
found security, I laughed aloud. At last, with a
swallow or two, he spoke, his face still wearing
the same expression of extreme perplexity. In
order to speak he had to take the dagger from his
mouth, but, in all else, he remained unmoved.
" Jim," says he, " I reckon we 're fouled, you
and me, and we '11 have to sign articles. I 'd have
had you but for that there lurch : but I don't have
no luck, not I ; and I reckon I '11 have to strike,
which comes hard, you see, for a master mariner
to a ship's younker like you, Jim."
I was drinking in his words and smiling away,
as conceited as a cock upon a wall, when, all in a
breath, back went his right hand over his shoulder.
Something sang like an arrow through the air; I
felt a blow and then a sharp pang, and there I was
pinned by the shoulder to the mast. In the horrid
pain and surprise of the moment — I scarce can
TREASURE ISLAND 245
say it was by my own volition, and I am sure it
was without a conscious aim — both my pistols
went off, and both escaped out of my hands.
They did not fall alone; with a choked cry, the
coxswain loosed his grasp upon the shrouds, and
plunged head first into the water.
CHAPTER XXVII
"PIECES OF EIGHT"
OWING to the cant of the vessel, the masts
hung far out over the water, and from
my perch on the cross-trees I had nothing
below me but the surface of the bay. Hands, who
was not so far up, was, in consequence, nearer to
the ship, and fell between me and the bulwarks.
He rose once to the surface in a lather of foam
and blood, and then sank again for good. As the
water settled, I could see him lying huddled to-
gether on the clean, bright sand in the shadow of
the vessel's sides. A fish or two whipped past his
body. Sometimes, by the quivering of the water,
he appeared to move a little, as if he were trying to
rise. But he was dead enough, for all that, being
both shot and drowned, and was food for fish in
the very place where he had designed my slaughter.
I was no sooner certain of this than I began to
feel sick, faint, and terrified. The hot blood was
running over my back and chest. The dirk, where
it had pinned my shoulder to the mast, seemed to
burn like a hot iron ; yet it was not so much these
TREASURE ISLAND 247
real sufferings that distressed me, for these, it
seemed to me, I could bear without a murmur; it
was the horror I had upon my mind of falling from
the cross-trees into that still green water beside
the body of the coxswain.
I clung with both hands till my nails ached, and
I shut my eyes as if to cover up the peril. Grad-
ually my mind came back again, my pulses quieted
down to a more natural time, and I was once more
in possession of myself.
It was my first thought to pluck forth the dirk;
but either it stuck too hard or my nerve failed me ;
and I desisted with a violent shudder. Oddly
enough, that very shudder did the business. The
knife, in fact, had come the nearest in the world
to missing me altogether; it held me by a mere
pinch of skin, and this the shudder tore away.
The blood ran down the faster, to be sure; but I
was my own master again, and only tacked to the
mast by my coat and shirt.
These last I broke through with a sudden jerk,
and then regained the deck by the starboard
shrouds. For nothing in the world would I have
again ventured, shaken as I was, upon the over-
hanging port shrouds, from which Israel had so
lately fallen.
I went below, and did what I could for my
wound; it pained me a good deal, and still bled
248 TREASURE ISLAND
freely; but it was neither deep nor dangerous, nor
did it greatly gall me when I used my arm. Then
I looked around me, and as the ship was now, in a
sense, my own, I began to think of clearing it from
its last passenger — the dead man, O'Brien.
He had pitched, as I have said, against the bul-
warks, where he lay like some horrible, ungainly
sort of puppet ; life-size, indeed, but how different
from life's colour or life's comeliness ! In that
position, I could easily have my way with him;
and as the habit of tragical adventures had worn
off almost all my terror for the dead, I took him
by the waist as if he had been a sack of bran, and,
with one good heave, tumbled him overboard. He
went in with a sounding plunge ; the red cap came
off, and remained floating on the surface; and as
soon as the splash subsided, I could see him and
Israel lying side by side, both wavering with the
tremulous movement of the water. O'Brien,
though still quite a young man, was very bald.
There he lay, with that bald head across the knees
of the man who had killed him, and the quick
fishes steering to and fro over both.
I was now alone upon the ship ; the tide had just
turned. The sun was within so few degrees of
setting that already the shadow of the pines upon
the western shore began to reach right across the
anchorage, and fall in patterns on the deck. The
TREASURE ISLAND 249
evening breeze had sprung up, and though it was
well warded off by the hill with the two peaks
upon the east, the cordage had begun to sing a
little softly to itself and the idle sails to rattle to
and fro.
I began to see a danger to the ship. The jibs
I speedily doused and brought tumbling to the
deck; but the main-sail was a harder matter. Of
course, when the schooner canted over, the boom
had swung out-board, and the cap of it and a foot
or two of sail hung even under water. I thought
this made it still more dangerous; yet the strain
was so heavy that I half feared to meddle. At
last, I got my knife and cut the halyards. The
peak dropped instantly, a great belly of loose can-
vas floated broad upon the water; and since, pull
as I liked, I could not budge the downhall, that
was the extent of what I could accomplish. For
the rest, the Hispaniola must trust to luck, like
myself.
By this time the whole anchorage had fallen
into shadow — the last rays, I remember, falling
through a glade of the wood, and shining bright
as jewels, on the flowery mantle of the wreck. It
began to be chill; the tide was rapidly fleeting
seaward, the schooner settling more and more on
her beam-ends.
I scrambled forward and looked over. It seemed
250 TREASURE ISLAND
shallow enough, and holding the cut hawser in
both hands for a last security, I let myself drop
softly overboard. The water scarcely reached my
waist; the sand was firm and covered with ripple
marks, and I waded ashore in great spirits, leav-
ing the Hispaniola on her side, with her main-sail
trailing wide upon the surface of the bay. About
the same time the sun went fairly down, and the
breeze whistled low in the dusk among the toss-
ing pines.
At least, and at last, I was off the sea, nor had
I returned thence empty handed. There lay the
schooner, clear at last from buccaneers and ready
for our own men to board and get to sea again.
I had nothing nearer my fancy than to get home
to the stockade and boast of my achievements.
Possibly I might be blamed a bit for my truantry,
but the recapture of the Hispaniola was a clench-
ing answer, and I hoped that even Captain Smol-
lett would confess I had not lost my time.
So thinking, and in famous spirits, I began to
set my face homeward for the block-house and
my companions. I remembered that the most
easterly of the rivers which drain into Captain
Kidd's anchorage ran from the two-peaked hill
upon my left ; and I bent my course in that direc-
tion that I might pass the stream while it was
small. The wood was pretty open, and keeping
TREASURE ISLAND 251
along the lower spurs, I had soon turned the cor-
ner of that hill, and not long after waded to the
mid-calf across the water-course.
This brought me near to where I had encoun-
tered Ben Gunn, the maroon; and I walked more
circumspectly, keeping an eye on every side. The
dusk had come nigh hand completely, and, as I
opened out the cleft between the two peaks, I be-
came aware of a wavering glow against the sky,
where, as I judged, the man of the island was
cooking his supper before a roaring fire. And
yet I wondered, in my heart, that he should show
himself so careless. For if I could see this radi-
ance, might it not reach the eyes of Silver him-
self where he camped upon the shore among the
marshes ?
Gradually the night fell blacker; it was all I
could do to guide myself even roughly towards
my destination; the double hill behind me and
the Spy-glass on my right hand loomed faint
and fainter; the stars were few and pale; and
in the low ground where I wandered I kept
tripping among bushes and rolling into sandy
pits.
Suddenly a kind of brightness fell about me. I
looked up; a pale glimmer of moonbeams had
alighted on the summit of the Spy-glass, and soon
after I saw something broad and silvery moving
252 TREASURE ISLAND
low down behind the trees, and knew the moon
had risen.
With this to help me, I passed rapidly over what
remained to me of my journey; and, sometimes
walking, sometimes running, impatiently drew near
to the stockade. Yet, as I began to thread the
grove that lies before it, I was not so thought-
less but that I slacked my pace and went a trifle
warily. It would have been a poor end of my
adventures to get shot down by my own party in
mistake.
The moon was climbing higher and higher; its
light began to fall here and there in masses through
the more open districts of the wood; and right in
front of me a glow of a different colour appeared
among the trees. It was red and hot, and now
and again it was a little darkened — as it were
the embers of a bonfire smouldering.
For the life of me, I could not think what it
might be.
At last I came right down upon the borders of
the clearing. The western end was already steeped
in moonshine ; the rest, and the block-house itself,
still lay in a black shadow, chequered with long,
silvery streaks of light. On the other side of the
house an immense fire had burned Jtself into clear
embers and shed a steady, red reverberation, con-
trasted strongly with the mellow paleness of the
TREASURE ISLAND 253
moon. There was not a soul stirring, nor a sound
beside the noises of the breeze.
I stopped, with much wonder in my heart, and
perhaps a little terror also. It had not been our
way to build great fires; we were, indeed, by the
captain's orders, somewhat niggardly of firewood ;
and I began to fear that something had gone
wrong while I was absent.
I stole round by the eastern end, keeping close
in shadow, and at a convenient place, where the
darkness was thickest, crossed the palisade.
To make assurance surer, I got upon my hands
and knees, and crawled, without a sound, towards
the corner of the house. As I drew nearer, my
heart was suddenly and greatly lightened. It
is not a pleasant noise in itself, and I have
often complained of it at other times; but just
then it was like music to hear my friends
snoring together so loud and peaceful in their
sleep. The sea cry of the watch, that beautiful
" All 's well," never fell more reassuringly on my
ear.
In the meantime, there was no doubt of one
thing; they kept an infamous bad watch. If it
had been Silver and his lads that were now creep-
ing in on them, not a soul would have seen day-
break. That was what it was, thought I, to have
the captain wounded; and again I blamed myself
254 TREASURE ISLAND
sharply for leaving them in that danger with so
few to mount guard.
By this time I had got to the door and stood
up. All was dark within, so that I could distin-
guish nothing by the eye. As for sounds, there
was the steady drone of the snorers, and a small
occasional noise, a flickering or pecking that I
could in no way account for.
With my arms before me I walked steadily in.
I should lie down in my own place ( I thought, with
a silent chuckle) and enjoy their faces when they
found me in the morning.
My foot struck something yielding — it was a
sleeper's leg; and he turned and groaned, but
without awakening.
And then, all of a sudden, a shrill voice broke
forth out of the darkness:
" Pieces of eight ! pieces of eight ! pieces of
eight ! pieces of eight ! pieces of eight ! " and so
forth, without pause or change, like the clacking
of a tiny mill.
Silver's green parrot, Captain Flint ! It was
she whom I had heard pecking at a piece of bark;
it was she, keeping better watch than any human
being, who thus announced my arrival with her
wearisome refrain.
I had no time left me to recover. " At the sharp,
clipping tone of the parrot, the sleepers awoke and
TREASURE ISLAND 255
sprang up; and with a mighty oath, the voice of
Silver cried:
"Who goes?"
I turned to run, struck violently against one
person, recoiled, and ran full into the arms of a
second, who, for his part, closed upon and held
me tight.
" Bring a torch, Dick/' said Silver, when my
capture was thus assured.
And one of the men left the log-house, and pres-
ently returned with a lighted brand.
PART VI
CAPTAIN SILVER
CHAPTER XXVIII
IN THE ENEMY'S CAMP
THE red glare of the torch, lighting up the
interior of the block-house, showed me
the worst of my apprehensions realised.
The pirates "were in possession of the house and
stores: there was the cask of cognac, there were
the pork and bread, as before; and, what tenfold
increased my horror, not a sign of any prisoner.
I could only judge that all had perished, and my
heart smote me sorely that I had not been there
to perish with them.
There were six of the buccaneers, all told; not
another man was left alive. Five of them were
on their feet, flushed and swollen, suddenly called
out of the first sleep of drunkenness. The sixth
had only risen upon his elbow; he was deadly
pale, and the blood-stained bandage round his head
told that he had recently been wounded, and still
more recently dressed. I remembered the man
who had been shot and had run back among the
woods in the great attack, and doubted not that
this was he.
The parrot sat, preening her plumage, on Long
John's shoulder. He himself, I thought, looked
somewhat paler a'.nd more stern than I was used
to. He still wore the fine broadcloth suit in which
he had fulfilled hi'S mission, but it was bitterly the
worse for wear, daubed with clay and torn with
the sharp briers of the wood.
" So," said he, " here 's Jim Hawkins, shiver
my timbers! dropped in, like, eh? Well, come, I
take that friendly."
And thereupon he sat down across the brandy
cask, and began to fill a pipe.
" Give me a loan of the link, Dick," said he ;
and then, when he had a good light, " That '11 do,
lad," he added ; " stick the glim in the wood heap ;
and you, gentlemen, bring yourselves to ! — you
need n't stand up for Mr. Hawkins ; he 'II excuse
you, you may lay to that. And so, Jim " — stop-
ping the tobacco — " here you were, and quite a
pleasant surprise for poor old John. I see you
were smart when first I set my eyes on you; but
this here gets away from me clean, it do."
To all this, as may be well supposed, I made no
answer. They had set me with my back against
the wall; and I stood there, looking Silver in
the face, pluckily enough, I hope, to all out-
ward appearance, but with black despair in my
heart.
TREASURE ISLAND 261
Silver took a whiff or two of his pipe with great
composure, and 'then ran on again.
" Now, you see, Jim, so be as you are here,"
says he, " I '11 give you a piece of my mind. I 've
always liked you, I have, for a lad of spirit, and
the picter of my own self when I was young and
handsome. I always wanted you to jine and take
your share, and die a gentleman, and now, my
cock, you 've got to. Cap'n Smollett 's a fine sea-
man, as I '11 own up to any day, but stiff on dis-
cipline. ' Dooty is dooty,' says he, and right he
is. Just you keep clear of the cap'n. The doctor
himself is gone dead again you — ' ungrateful
scamp ' was what he said ; and the short and the
long of the whole story is about here: you can't
go back to your own lot, for they won't have you ;
and, without you start a third ship's company all
by yourself, which might be lonely, you '11 have to
jine with Cap'n Silver."
So far so good. My friends, then, were still
alive, and though I partly believed the truth of
Silver's statement, that the cabin party were in-
censed at me for my desertion, I was more re-
lieved than distressed by what I heard.
" I don't say nothing as to your being in our
hands," continued Silver, " though there you are,
and you may lay to it. I 'm all for argyment ; I
never seen good come out o' threatening. If you
262 TREASURE ISLAND
like the service, well, you '11 jine; and if you don't,
Jim, why, you 're free to answer* no — free and
welcome, shipmate; and if fairer can be said by
mortal seaman, shiver my sides ! "
" Am I to answer then? " I asked, with a very
tremulous voice. Through all this sneering talk,
I was made to feel the threat of death that over-
hung me, and my cheeks burned and my heart
beat painfully in my breast.
" Lad," said Silver, " no one 's a-pressing of
you. Take your bearings. None of us won't
hurry you, mate; time goes so pleasant in your
company, you see."
" Well," says I, growing a bit bolder, " if I 'm
to choose, I declare I have a right to know what 's
what, and why you 're here, and where my friends
are."
" Wot 's wot ? " repeated one of the buccaneers,
in a deep growl. " Ah, he 'd be a lucky one as
knowed that ! "
" You '11, perhaps, batten down your hatches till
you 're spoke to, my friend," cried Silver trucu-
lently to this speaker. And then, in his first gra-
cious tones, he replied to me : " Yesterday morning,
Mr. Hawkins," said he, " in the dog-watch, down
came Dr. Livesey with a flag of truce. Says he,
* Cap'n Silver, you 're sold out. Ship 's gone.'
Well, maybe we 'd been taking a glass, and a song
TREASURE ISLAND 263
to help it round. I won't say no. Leastways,
none of us had looked out. We looked out, and
by thunder! the old ship was gone. I never seen
a pack o' fools look fishier; and you may lay to
that, if I tells you that looked the fishiest. ' Well/
says the doctor, * let 's bargain.' We bargained,
him and I, and here we are : stores, brandy, block-
house, the firewood you was thoughtful enough to
cut, and, in a manner of speaking, the whole
blessed boat, from cross-trees to keelson. As for
them, they Ve tramped ; I don't know where 's they
are."
He drew again quietly at his pipe.
" And lest you should take it into that head of
yours," he went on, " that you was included in the
treaty, here 's the last word that was said : ' How
many are you,' says I, 'to leave?' 'Four,' says
he — ' four, and one of us wounded. As for that
boy, I don't know where he is, confound him/
says he, ' nor I don't much care. We 're about
sick of him.' These was his words."
"Is that all?" I asked.
" Well, it 's all that you 're to hear, my son,"
returned Silver.
" And now I am to choose? "
" And now you are to choose, and you may
lay to that," said Silver.
" Well," said I, " I am not such a fool but I
164 TREASURE ISLAND
know pretty well what I have to look for. Let
the worst come to the worst, it 's little I care.
I 've seen too many die since I fell in with you.
But there 's a thing or two I have to tell you," I
said, and by this time I was quite excited ; " and
the first is this : here you are, in a bad way : ship
lost, treasure lost, men lost; your whole business
gone to wreck; and if you want to know who did
it — it was I ! I was in the apple barrel the night
we sighted land, and I heard you, John, and you,
Dick Johnson, and Hands, who is now at the bot-
tom of the sea, and told every word you said be-
fore the hour was out. And as for the schooner,
it was I who cut her cable, and it was I that killed
the men you had aboard of her, and it was I who
brought her where you '11 never see her more, not
one of you. The laugh 's on my side ; I 've had
the top of this business from the first ; I no more
fear you than I fear a fly. Kill me, if you please,
or spare me. But one thing I '11 say, and no more ;
if you spare me, bygones are bygones, and when
you fellows are in court for piracy, I '11 save you
all I can. It is for you to choose. Kill another
and do yourselves no good, or spare me and keep
a witness to save you from the gallows."
I stopped, for, I tell you, I was out of breath,
and, to my wonder, not a man of them moved,
but all sat staring at me like as many sheep.
TREASURE ISLAND 265
And while they were still staring, I broke out
again :
" And now, Mr. Silver," I said, " I believe
you 're the best man here, and if things go to
the worst, I '11 take it kind of you to let the doc-
tor know the way I took it."
" I '11 bear it in mind," said Silver, with an
accent so curious that I could not, for the life
of me, .decide whether he were laughing at my
request, or had been favourably affected by my
courage.
" I '11 put one to that," cried the old mahogany-
faced seaman — Morgan by name — whom I had
seen in Long John's public-house upon the quays
of Bristol. " It was him that knowed Black Dog."
" Well, and see here," added the sea-cook. " I '11
put another again to that, by thunder! for it was
this same boy that faked the chart from Billy
Bones. First and last, we 've split upon Jim
Hawkins ! "
" Then here goes ! " said Morgan, with an oath.
And he sprang up, drawing his knife as if he
had been twenty.
" Avast, there ! " cried Silver. " Who are you,
Tom Morgan ? Maybe you thought you was cap'n
here, perhaps. By the powers, but I '11 teach you
better ! Cross me, and you '11 go where many a
good man 's gone before you, first and last, these
266 TREASURE ISLAND
thirty year back — some to the yard-arm, shiver
my timbers! and some by the board, and all to
feed the fishes. There 's never a man looked me
between the eyes and seen a good day a'terwards,
Tom Morgan, you may lay to that."
Morgan paused ; but a hoarse murmur rose from
the others.
" Tom 's right," said one.
" I stood hazing long enough from one," added
another. " I '11 be hanged if I '11 be hazed by you,
John Silver."
" Did any of you gentlemen want to have it out
with me?" roared Silver, bending far forward
from his position on the keg, with his pipe still
glowing in his right hand. " Put a name on what
you 're at ; you ain't dumb, I reckon. Him that
wants shall get it. Have I lived this many years,
and a son of a rum puncheon cock his hat athwart
my hawse at the latter end of it? You know the
way ; you 're all gentlemen o' fortune, by your
account. Well, I 'm ready. Take a cutlass, him
that dares, and I '11 see the colour of his inside,
crutch and all, before that pipe 's empty."
Not a man stirred; not a man answered.
"That's your sort, is it?" he added, returning
his pipe to his mouth. " Well, you 're a gay lot
to look at, anyway. Not much worth to fight,
you ain't. P'r'aps you can understand King
TREASURE ISLAND 267
George's English. I 'm cap'n here by 'lection.
I 'm cap'n here because I 'm the best man by a
long sea-mile. You won't fight, as gentlemen o'
fortune should ; then, by thunder, you '11 obey, and
you may lay to it! I like that boy, now; I never
seen a better boy than that. He 's more a man than
any pair of rats of you in this here house, and what
I say is this : let me see him that '11 lay a hand on
him — that 's what I say, and you may lay to it."
There was a long pause after this. I stood
straight up against the wall, my heart still going
like a sledge-hammer, but with a ray of hope now
shining in my bosom. Silver leant back against
the wall, his arms crossed, his pipe in the corner
of his mouth, as calm as though he had been in
church; yet his eye kept wandering furtively, and
he kept the tail of it on his unruly followers. They,
on their part, drew gradually together towards the
far end of the block-house, and the low hiss of their
whispering sounded in my ear continuously, like
a stream. One after another, they would look up,
and the red light of the torch would fall for a
second on their nervous faces; but it was not to-
wards me, it was towards Silver that they turned
their eyes.
" You seem to have a lot to say," remarked
Silver, spitting far into the air. " Pipe up and let
me hear it, or lay to."
268 TREASURE ISLAND
" Ax your pardon, sir," returned one of the
men, " you 're pretty free with some of the rules ;
maybe you '11 kindly keep an eye upon the rest.
This crew's dissatisfied; this crew don't vally
bullying a marlinspike; this crew has its rights
like other crews, I '11 make so free as that ; and
by your own rules, I take it we can talk together.
I ax your pardon, sir, acknowledging you for to
be capting at this present; but I claim my right,
and steps outside for a council."
And with an elaborate sea-salute, this fellow, a
long, ill-looking, yellow-eyed man of five and
thirty, stepped coolly towards the door and disap-
peared out of the house. One after another, the
rest followed his example; each making a salute
as he passed ; each adding some apology. " Ac-
cording to rules," said one. " Fo'c's'le council,"
said Morgan. And so with one remark or another,
all marched out, and left Silver and me alone with
the torch.
The sea-cook instantly removed his pipe.
" Now, look you here, Jim Hawkins," he said, in
a steady whisper, that was no more than audible,
" you 're within half a plank of death, and, what 's
a long sight worse, of torture. They 're going to
throw me off. But, you mark, I stand by you
through thick and thin. I did nl mean to ; no,
not till you spoke up. I was about desperate to
TREASURE ISLAND 269
lose that much blunt, and be hanged into the bar-
gain. But I see you was the right sort. I says
to myself: You stand by Hawkins, John, and
Hawkins '11 stand by you. You 're his last card,
and, by the living thunder, John, he 's yours ! Back
to back, says I. You save your witness, and he '11
save your neck ! "
I began dimly to understand.
" You mean all 's lost ? " I asked.
" Ay, by gum, I do ! " he answered. " Ship
gone, neck gone — that 's the size of it. Once I
looked into that bay, Jim Hawkins, and seen no
schooner — well, I 'm tough, but I gave out. As
for that lot and their council, mark me, they 're
outright fools and cowards. I '11 save your life —
if so be as I can — from them. But, see here,
Jim — tit for tat — you save Long John from
swinging."
I was bewildered ; it seemed a thing so hopeless
he was asking — he, the old buccaneer, the ring-
leader throughout.
" What I can do, that I '11 do," I said.
" It 's a bargain ! " cried Long John. " You
speak up plucky, and, by thunder! I Ve a chance."
He hobbled to the torch, where it stood propped
among the firewood, and took a fresh light to his
pipe.
" Understand me, Jim," he said, returning.
270 TREASURE ISLAND
" I 've a head on my shoulders, I have. I 'm on
squire's side now. I know you 've got that ship
safe somewheres. How you done it, I don't know,
but safe it is. I guess Hands and O'Brien turned
soft. I never much believed in neither of them.
Now you mark me. I ask no questions, nor I
won't let others. I know when a game 's up, I
do ; and I know a lad that 's staunch. Ah, you
that 's young — you and me might have done a
power of good together!"
He drew some cognac from the cask into a tin
canikin.
"Will you taste, messmate?" he asked; and
when I had refused : " Well, I '11 take a drain my-
self, Jim," said he. " I need a caulker, for there 's
trouble on hand. And, talking o' trouble, why did
that doctor give me the chart, Jim ? "
My face expressed a wonder so unaffected that
he saw the needlessness of further questions.
"Ah, well, he did, though," said he. "And
there 's something under that, no doubt — some-
thing, surely, under that, Jim — bad or good."
And he took another swallow of the brandy,
shaking his great fair head like a man who looks
forward to the worst.
CHAPTER XXIX
THE BLACK SPOT AGAIN
THE council of the buccaneers had lasted
some time, when one of them re-entered
the house, and with a repetition of the
same salute, which had in my eyes an ironical air,
begged for a moment's loan of the torch. Silver
briefly agreed ; and this emissary retired again,
leaving us together in the dark.
" There 's a breeze coming, Jim," said Silver,
who had, by this time, adopted quite a friendly
and familiar tone.
I turned to the loophole nearest me and looked
out. The embers of the great fire had so far
burned themselves out, and now glowed so low
and duskily, that I understood why these con-
spirators desired a torch. About half-way down
the slope to the stockade, they were collected iii
a group; one held the light; another was on his
knees in their midst, and I saw the blade of an
open knife shine in his hand with varying colours,
in the moon and torch light. The rest were all
somewhat stooping, as though watching the ma-
272 TREASURE ISLAND
nceuvres of this last. I could just make out that
he had a book as well as a knife in his hand ; and
was still wondering how anything so incongruous
had come in their possession, when the kneeling
figure rose once more to his feet, and the whole
party began to move together towards the house.
"Here they come," said I; and I returned to
my former position, for it seemed beneath my
dignity that they should find me watching them.
" Well, let 'em come, lad — let 'em come," said
Silver, cheerily. " I 've still a shot in my locker."
The door opened, and the five men, standing
huddled together just inside, pushed one of their
number forward. In any other circumstances it
would have been comical to see his slow advance,
hesitating as he set down each foot, but holding
his closed right hand in front of him.
" Step up, lad," cried Silver. " I won't eat you.
Hand it over, lubber. I know the rules, I do; I
won't hurt a depytation."
Thus encouraged, the buccaneer stepped forth
more briskly, and having passed something to
Silver, from hand to hand, slipped yet more
smartly back again to his companions.
The sea-cook looked at what had been given him.
" The black spot ! I thought sp," he observed.
"Where might you have got the paper? Why,
hillo ! look here, now : this ain't lucky ! You Ve
TREASURE ISLAND 273
gone and cut this out of a Bible. What fool 's cut
a Bible?"
" Ah, there ! " said Morgan — " there ! Wot did
I say? No good '11 come o' that, I said."
" Well, you 've about fixed it now, among
you," continued Silver. " You '11 all swing now,
I reckon. What soft-headed lubber had a Bible? "
" It was Dick," said one.
" Dick, was it? Then Dick can get to prayers,"
said Silver. " He 's seen his slice of luck, has
Dick, and you may lay to that."
But here the long man with the yellow eyes
struck in.
" Belay that talk, John Silver," he said. " This
crew has tipped you the black spot in full council,
as in dooty bound; just you turn it over, as in
dooty bound, and see what 's wrote there. Then
you can talk."
" Thanky, George," replied the sea-cook. " You
always was brisk for business, and has the rules by
heart, George, as I 'm pleased to see. Well, what
is it, anyway ? Ah ! ' Deposed ' — that 's it, is it ?
Very pretty wrote, to be sure; like print, I swear.
Your hand o' write, George? Why, you was
gettin' quite a leadin' man in this here crew.
You '11 be cap'n next, I should n't wonder. Just
oblige me with that torch again, will you? this
pipe don't draw."
VOL. VI. — l8
274 TREASURE ISLAND
" Come, now," said George, " you don't fool
this crew no more. You 're a funny man, by
your account ; but you 're over now, and you '11
maybe step down off that barrel, and help vote."
" I thought you said you knowed the rules,"
returned Silver, contemptuously. " Leastways, if
you don't, I do ; and I wait here — and I 'm still
your cap'n, mind — till you outs with your griev-
ances, and I reply, in the meantime, your black
spot ain't worth a biscuit. After that, we '11 see."
" Oh," replied George, " you don't be under no
kind of apprehension ; we 're all square, we are.
First, you 've made a hash of this cruise — you '11
be a bold man to say no to that. Second, you let
the enemy out o' this here trap for nothing. Why
did they want out ? I dunno ; but it 's pretty plain
they wanted it. Third, you would n't let us go at
them upon the march. Oh, we see through you,
John Silver ; you want to play booty, that 's
what 's wrong with you. And then, fourth, there 's
this here boy."
"Is that all? " asked Silver, quietly.
"Enough, too," retorted George. "We'll all
swing and sun-dry for your bungling."
" Well, now, look here, I '11 answer these four
p'ints ; one after another I '11 answer 'em. I made
a hash o' this cruise, did I? Well, now, you all
know what I wanted; and you all know, if that
TREASURE ISLAND 275
had been done, that we 'd 'a' been aboard the His-
paniola this night as ever was, every man of us
alive, and fit, and full of good plum-duff, and the
treasure in the hold of her, by thunder! Well,
who crossed me? Who forced my hand, as was
the lawful cap'n? Who tipped me the black spot
the day we landed, and began this dance? Ah,
it 's a fine dance — I 'm with you there — and
looks mighty like a hornpipe in a rope's end at
Execution Dock by London town, it does. But
who done it? Why, it was Anderson, and Hands,
and you, George Merry ! And you 're the last
above board of that same meddling crew; and
you have the Davy Jones's insolence to up and
stand for cap'n over me — you, that sank the lot
of us! By the powers! but this tops the stiffest
yarn to nothing."
Silver paused, and I could see by the faces of
George and his late comrades that these words had
not been said in vain.
" That 's for number one," cried the accused,
wiping the sweat from his brow, for he had been
talking with a vehemence that shook the house.
" Why, I give you my word, I 'm sick to speak to
you. You 've neither sense nor memory, and I
leave it to fancy where your mothers was that let
you come to sea. Sea ! Gentlemen o' fortune ! I
reckon tailors is your trade."
276 TREASURE ISLAND
" Go on, John," said Morgan. " Speak up to
the others."
" Ah, the others ! " returned John. " They 're
a nice lot, ain't they? You say this cruise is
bungled. Ah ! by gum, if you could understand
how bad it 's bungled, you would see ! We 're that
near the gibbet that my neck 's stiff with thinking
on it. You 've seen 'em, maybe, hanged in chains,
birds about 'em, seamen p'inting 'em out as they
go down with the tide. ' Who 's that? ' says one.
' That ! Why, that 's John Silver. I knowed him
well,' says another. And you can hear the chains
a- jangle as you go about and reach for the other
buoy. Now, that 's about where we are, every
mother's son of us, thanks to him, and Hands,
and Anderson, and other ruination fools of you.
And if you want to know about number four, and
that boy, why, shiver my timbers ! is n't he a hos-
tage? Are we a-going to waste a hostage? No,
not us; he might be our last chance, and I
should n't wonder. Kill that boy? not me, mates!
And number three? Ah, well, there's a deal to
say to number three. Maybe you don't count it
nothing to have a real college doctor come to see
you every day — you, John, with your head broke
— or you, George Merry, that had^the ague shakes
upon you not six hours agone, and has your eyes
the colour of lemon peel to this same moment on
TREASURE ISLAND 277
the clock ? And maybe, perhaps, you did n't know
there was a consort coming, either? But there is;
and not so long till then ; and we '11 see who '11 be
glad to have a hostage when it comes to that. And
as for number two, and why I made a bargain —
Avell, you came crawling on your knees to me to
make it — on your knees you came, you was that
downhearted — and you 'd have starved, too, if I
had n't — but that 's a trifle ! you look there —
that's why!"
And he cast down upon the floor a paper that I
instantly recognised — none other than the chart
on yellow paper, with the three red crosses, that
I had found in the oilcloth at the bottom of the
captain's chest. Why the doctor had given it to
him was more than I could fancy.
But if it were inexplicable to me, the appearance
of the chart was incredible to the surviving muti-
neers. They leaped upon it like cats upon a mouse.
It went from hand to hand, one tearing it from
another; and by the oaths and the cries and the
childish laughter with which they accompanied
their examination, you would have thought, not
only they were fingering the very gold, but were
at sea with it, besides, in safety.
" Yes," said one, " that 's Flint, sure enough.
J. F., and a score below, with a clove hitch to it;
so he done ever."
278 TREASURE ISLAND
" Mighty pretty/' said George. " But how are
we to get away with it, and us no ship? "
Silver suddenly sprang up, and supporting him-
self with a hand against the wall : " Now I give
you warning, George/' he cried. " One more word
of your sauce, and I '11 call you down and fight
you. How? Why, how do I know? You had
ought to tell me that — you and the rest, that lost
me my schooner, with your interference, burn you !
But not you, you can't; you hain't got the inven-
tion of a cockroach. But civil you can speak, and
shall, George Merry, you may lay to that."
" That 's fair enow," said the old man Morgan.
" Fair ! I reckon so," said the sea-cook. " You
lost the ship ; I found the treasure. Who 's the
better man at that? And now I resign, by thun-
der ! Elect whom you please to be your cap'n now ;
I "m done with it."
"Silver!" they cried. "Barbecue for ever!
Barbecue for cap'n ! "
"So that's the toon, is it?" cried the cook.
" George, I reckon you '11 have to wait another
turn, friend ; and lucky for you as I 'm not a re-
vengeful man. But that was never my way. And
now, shipmates, this black spot ? 'T ain't much
good now, is it? Dick's crossed^his luck and
spoiled his Bible, and that 's about all."
"It'll do to kiss the book on still, won't it?"
TREASURE ISLAND 279
growled Dick, who was evidently uneasy at the
curse he had brought upon himself.
"A Bible with a bit cut out!" returned Silver,
derisively. " Not it. It don't bind no more 'n a
ballad-book."
"Don't it, though?" cried Dick, with a sort of
joy. " Well, I reckon that 's worth having, too."
" Here, Jim — here 's a cur'osity for you," said
Silver: and he tossed me the paper.
It was a round, about the size of a crown piece.
One side was blank, for it had been the last leaf;
the other contained a verse or two of Revelation
— these words among the rest, which struck
sharply home upon my mind : " Without are dogs
and murderers." The printed side had been black-
ened with wood ash, which already began to come
off and soil my fingers ; on the blank side had been
written with the same material the one word " Dep-
posed." I have that curiosity beside me at this
moment; but not a trace of writing now remains
beyond a single scratch, such as a man might make
with his thumb-nail.
That was the end of the night's business. Soon
after, with a drink all round, we lay down to sleep,
and the outside of Silver's vengeance was to put
George Merry up for sentinel, and threaten him
with death if he should prove unfaithful.
It was long ere I could close an eye, and Heaven
28o TREASURE ISLAND
knows I had matter enough for thought in the man
whom I had slain that afternoon, in my own most
perilous position, and, above all, in the remarkable
game that I saw Silver now engaged upon — keep-
ing the mutineers together with one hand, and
grasping, with the other, after every means, pos-
sible and impossible, to make his peace and save
his miserable life. He himself slept peacefully, and
snored aloud; yet my heart was sore for him,
wicked as he was, to think on the dark perils that
environed, and the shameful gibbet that awaited
him.
CHAPTER XXX
ON PAROLE
I WAS wakened — indeed, we were all wak-
ened, for I could see even the sentinel shake
himself together from where he had fallen
against the door-post — by a clear, hearty voice
hailing us from the margin of the wood :
" Block-house, ahoy ! " it cried. " Here 's the
doctor."
And the doctor it was. Although I was glad
to hear the sound, yet my gladness was not with-
out admixture. I remembered with confusion my
insubordinate and stealthy conduct; and when I
saw where it had brought me — among what com-
panions and surrounded by what dangers — I felt
ashamed to look him in the face.
He must have risen in the dark, for the day had
hardly come; and when I ran to a loophole and
looked out, I saw him standing, like Silver once
before, up to the mid-leg in creeping vapour.
" You, doctor ! Top o' the morning to you,
sir ! " cried Silver, broad awake and beaming with
good nature in a moment. " Bright and early, to
282 TREASURE ISLAND
be sure ; and it 's the early bird, as the saying
goes, that gets the rations. George, shake up your
timbers, son, and help Dr. Livesey over the ship's
side. All a-doin' well, your patients was — all
well and merry."
So he pattered on, standing on the hill-top, with
his crutch under his elbow, and one hand upon
the side of the log-house — quite the old John in
voice, manner, and expression.
" We 've quite a surprise for you, too, sir," he
continued. " We Ve a little stranger here — he !
he! A noo boarder and lodger, sir, and looking
fit and taut as a fiddle ; slep' like a supercargo, he
did, right alongside of John — stem to stem we
was, all night."
Dr. Livesey was by this time across the stock-
ade and pretty near the cook; and I could hear
the alteration in his voice as he said:
"Not Jim?"
" The very same Jim as ever was," says Silver.
The doctor stopped outright, although he did
not speak, and it was some seconds before he
seemed able to move on.
" Well, well," he said, at last, " duty first and
pleasure afterwards, as you might have said your-
self, Silver. Let us overhaul thesje patients of
yours."
A moment afterwards he had entered the block-
TREASURE ISLAND 283
house, and, with one grim nod to me, proceeded
with his work among the sick. He seemed under
no apprehension, though he must have known that
his life, among these treacherous demons, depended
on a hair; and he rattled on to his patients as
if he were paying an ordinary professional visit in
a quiet English family. His manner, I suppose,
reacted on the men; for they behaved to him as
if nothing had occurred — as if he were still "ship's
doctor, and they still faithful hands before the mast.
" You 're doing well, my friend," he said to the
fellow with the bandaged head, " and if ever any
person had a close shave, it was you; your head
must be as hard as iron. Well, George, how goes
it ? You 're a pretty colour, certainly ; why, your
liver, man, is upside down. Did you take that
medicine ? Did he take that medicine, men ? "
" Ay, ay, sir, he took it, sure enough," returned
Morgan.
" Because, you see, since I am mutineers' doctor,
or prison doctor, as I prefer to call it," says Dr.
Livesey, in his pleasantest way, " I make it a point
of honour not to lose a man for King George ( God
bless him!) and the gallows."
The rogues looked at each other, but swallowed
the home-thrust in silence.
" Dick don't feel well, sir," said one.
"Don't he?" replied the doctor. "Well, step
284 TREASURE ISLAND
up here, Dick, and let me see your tongue. No, I
should be surprised if he did! the man's tongue
is fit to frighten the French. Another fever."
" Ah, there," said Morgan, " that corned of sp'il-
ing Bibles."
" That corned — as you call it — of being ar-
rant asses," retorted the doctor, " and not having
sense enough to know honest air from poison, and
the dry land from a vile, pestiferous slough. I
think it most probable — though, of course, it 's
only an opinion — that you '11 all have the deuce
to pay before you get that malaria out of your
systems. Camp in a bog, would you ? Silver, I 'm
surprised at you. You 're less of a fool than many,
take you all round; but you don't appear to me
to have the rudiments of a notion of the rules of
health.
" Well," he added, after he had dosed them
round, and they had taken his prescriptions, with
really laughable humility, more like charity school-
children than blood-guilty mutineers and pirates
— " well, that 's done for to-day. And now I
should wish to have a talk with that boy, please."
And he nodded his head in my direction care-
lessly.
George Merry was at the door, spitting and
spluttering over some bad-tasted medicine; but at
the first word of the doctor's proposal he swung
TREASURE ISLAND 285
round with a deep flush, and cried "No!" and
swore.
Silver struck the barrel with his open hand.
" Si-lence ! " he roared, and looked about him
positively like a lion. " Doctor," he went on, in
his usual tones, " I was a-thinking of that, know-
ing as how you had a fancy for the boy. We 're
all humbly grateful for your kindness, and, as you
see, puts faith in you, and takes the drugs down
like that much grog. And I take it I 've found
a way as '11 suit all. Hawkins, will you give me
your word of honour as a young gentleman — for
a young gentleman you are, although poor born
— your word of honour not to slip your cable?"
I readily gave the pledge required.
" Then, doctor," said Silver, " you just step
outside o' that stockade, and once you 're there,
I '11 bring the boy down on the inside, and I
reckon you can yarn through the spars. Good-
day to you, sir, and all our dooties to the squire
and Cap'n Smollett."
The explosion of disapproval, which nothing but
Silver's black looks had restrained, broke out im-
mediately the doctor had left the house. Silver
was roundly accused of playing double — of try-
ing to make a separate peace for himself — of
sacrificing the interests of his accomplices and vic-
tims; and, in one word, of the identical, exact
286 TREASURE ISLAND
thing that he was doing. It seemed to me so
obvious, in this case, that I could not imagine
how he was to turn their anger. But he was twice
the man the rest were ; and his last night's victory
had given him a huge preponderance on their
minds. He called them all the fools and dolts
you can imagine, said it was necessary I should
talk to the doctor, fluttered the chart in their faces,
asked them if they could afford to break the treaty
the very day they were bound a-treasure-hunting.
" No, by thunder ! " he cried, " it 's us must
break the treaty when the time comes; and till
then I '11 gammon that doctor, if I have to ile his
boots with brandy."
And then he bade them get the fire lit, and
stalked out upon his crutch, with his hand on my
shoulder, leaving them in a disarray, and silenced
by his volubility rather than convinced.
"Slow, lad, slow," he said. "They might
round upon us in a twinkle of an eye, if we was
seen to hurry."
Very deliberately, then, did we advance across
the sand to where the doctor awaited us on the
other side of the stockade, and as soon as we were
within easy speaking distance, Silver stopped.
"You '11 make a note of this here_also, doctor,"
says he, " and the boy '11 tell you how I saved his
life, and were deposed for it, too, and you may
TREASURE ISLAND 287
lay to that. Doctor, when a man 's steering as
near the wind as me — playing chuck-farthing
with the last breath in his body, like — you
would n't think it too much, mayhap, to give him
one good word ? You '11 please bear in mind it 's
not my life only now — it 's that boy's into the
bargain ; and you '11 speak me fair, doctor, and
give me a bit o' hope to go on, for the sake of
mercy."
Silver was a changed man, once he was out
there and had his back to his friends and the
block-house; his cheeks seemed to have fallen in,
his voice trembled; never was a soul more dead
in earnest.
"Why, John, you're not afraid?" asked Dr.
Livesey.
" Doctor, I 'm no coward ; no, not I — not so
much ! " and he snapped his fingers. " If I was
I would n't say it. But I '11 own up fairly, I 've
the shakes upon me for the gallows. You 're a
good man and a true ; I never seen a better man !
And you '11 not forget what I done good, not any
more than you '11 forget the bad, I know. And
I step aside — see here — and leave you and Jim
alone. And you '11 put that down for me, too,
for it 's a long stretch, is that! "
So saying, he stepped back a little way, till he
was out of earshot, and there sat down upon a
288 TREASURE ISLAND
tree-stump and began to whistle; spinning round
now and again upon his seat so as to command a
sight, sometimes of me and the doctor, and some-
times of his unruly ruffians as they went to and
fro in the sand, between the fife — which they
were busy rekindling — and the house, from which
they brought forth pork and bread to make the
breakfast.
" So, Jim," said the doctor, sadly, " here you
are. As you have brewed, so shall you drink,
my boy. Heaven knows, I cannot find it in my
heart to blame you; but this much I will say, be
it kind or unkind : when Captain Smollett was
well, you dared not have gone off; and when he
was ill, and could n't help it, by George, it was
downright cowardly ! "
I will own that I here began to weep. " Doctor,"
I said, " you might spare me. I have blamed my-
self enough ; my life 's forfeit anyway, and I
should have been dead by now, if Silver had n't
stood for me; and, doctor, believe this, I can die
— and I dare say I deserve it — but what I fear
is torture. If they come to torture me "
" Jim," the doctor interrupted, and his voice was
quite changed, " Jim, I can't have this. Whip over,
and we '11 run for it."
" Doctor," said I, " I passed my word."
" I know, I know," he cried. " We can't help
TREASURE ISLAND 289
that, Jim, now. I '11 take it on my shoulders, holus
bolus, blame and shame, my boy; but stay here, I
cannot let you. Jump ! One jump, and you 're out,
and we '11 run for it like antelopes."
" No," I replied, " you know right well you
would n't do the thing yourself ; neither you, nor
squire, nor captain; and no more will I. Silver
trusted me; I passed my word, and back I
go. But, doctor, you did not let me finish. If
they come to torture me, I might let slip a
word of where the ship is; for I got the ship,
part by luck and part by risking, and she lies
in North Inlet, on the southern beach, and just
below high water. At half tide she must be
high and dry."
" The ship ! " exclaimed the doctor.
Rapidly I described to him my adventures, and
he heard me out in silence.
" There is a kind of fate in this," he observed,
when I had done. " Every step, it 's you that saves
our lives ; and do you suppose by any chance that
we are going to let you lose yours ? That would be
a poor return, my boy. You found out the plot;
you found Ben Gunn — the best deed that ever you
did, or will do, though you live to ninety. Oh, by
Jupiter, and talking of Ben Gunn ! why, this is the
mischief in person. Silver," he cried, " Silver ! —
I '11 give you a piece of advice," he continued, as
VOL. VI. — 10
290 TREASURE ISLAND
the cook drew near again ; " don't you be in any
great hurry after that treasure."
" Why, sir, I do my possible, which that ain't,"
said Silver. " I can only, asking your pardon, save
my life and the boy's by seeking for that treasure ;
and you may lay to that."
" Well, Silver," replied the doctor, " if that is so,
I '11 go one step further : look out for squalls when
you find it."
" Sir," said Silver, " as between man and man,
that 's too much and too little. What you 're after,
why you left the block-house, why you given me
that there chart, I don't know, now, do I ? and yet
I done your bidding with my eyes shut and never
a word of hope! But no, this here 's too much. If
you won't tell me what you mean plain out, just
say so, and I '11 leave the helm."
" No," said the doctor, musingly, " I 've no right
to say more ; it 's not my secret, you see, Silver, or,
I give you my word, I 'd tell it you. But I '11 go as
far with you as I dare go, and a step beyond ; for
I '11 have my. wig sorted by the captain or I 'm
mistaken ! And, first, I '11 give you a bit of hope :
Silver, if we both get alive out of this wolf-trap,
I '11 do my best to save you, short of perjury."
Silver's face was radiant. " You could n't say
more, I 'm sure, sir, not if you was my mother,"
he cried.
TREASURE ISLAND 291
" Well, that 's my first concession," added the
doctor. " My second is a piece of advice : Keep
the boy close beside you, and when you need help,
halloo. I 'm off to seek it for you, and that itself
will show you if I speak at random. Good-bye,
Jim/'
And Dr. Livesey shook hands with me through
the stockade, nodded to Silver, and set off at a brisk
pace into the wood.
CHAPTER XXXI
THE TREASURE HUNT — FLINT'S POINTER
" T IM," said Silver, when we were alone, " if
I saved your life, you saved mine ; and I '11
^ not forget it. I seen the doctor waving
you to run for it — with the tail of my eye, I did ;
and I seen you say no, as plain as hearing. Jim,
that 's one to you. This is the first glint of hope
I had since the attack failed, and I owe it you.
And now, Jim, we 're to go in for this here treas-
ure-hunting, with sealed orders, too, and I don't
like it; and you and me must stick close, back to
back like, and we '11 save our necks in spite o' fate
and fortune."
Just then a man hailed us from the fire that
breakfast was ready, and we were soon seated here
and there about the sand over biscuit and fried
junk. They had lit a fire fit to roast an ox; and
it was now grown so hot that they could only
approach it from the windward, and even there
not without precaution. In the same wasteful
spirit, they had cooked, I suppose, three times mor<»
than we could eat; and one of them, with an
TREASURE ISLAND 293
empty laugh, threw what was left into the fire,
which blazed and roared again over this unusual
fuel. I never in my life saw men so careless of
the morrow ; hand to mouth is the only word that
can describe their way of doing; and what with
wasted food and sleeping sentries, though they
were bold enough for a brush and be done with it,
I could see their entire unfitness for anything like
a prolonged campaign.
Even Silver, eating away, with Captain Flint
upon his shoulder, had not a word of blame for
their recklessness. And this the more surprised
me, for I thought he had never shown himself so
cunning as he did then.
" Ay, mates," said he, " it 's lucky you have
Barbecue to think for you with this here head. I
got what I wanted, I did. Sure enough, they have
the ship. Where they have it, I don't know yet;
but once we hit the treasure, we '11 have to jump
about and find out. And then, mates, us that has
the boats, I reckon, has the upper hand."
Thus he kept running on, with his mouth full
of the hot bacon : thus he restored their hope and
confidence, and, I more than suspect, repaired his
own at the same time.
" As for hostage," he continued, " that 's his
last talk, I guess, with them he loves so dear.
I 've got my piece o' news, and thanky to him
294 TREASURE ISLAND
for that; but it's over and done. I'll take him
in a line when we go treasure-hunting, for we 'II
keep him like so much gold, in case of accidents,
you mark, and in the meantime. Once we got the
ship and treasure both, and off to sea like jolly
companions, why, then, we '11 talk Mr. Hawkins
over, we will, and we '11 give him his share, to be
sure, for all his kindness."
It was no wonder the men were in a good
humour now. For my part, I was horribly cast
down. Should the scheme he had now sketched
prove feasible, Silver, already doubly a traitor,
would not hesitate to adopt it. Hexhad still a foot
in either camp, and there was no doubt he would
prefer wealth and freedom with the pirates to a
bare escape from hanging, which was the best he
had to hope on our side.
Nay, and even if things so fell out that he was
forced to keep his faith with Dr. Livesey, even
then what danger lay before us ! What a moment
that would be when the suspicions of his followers
turned to certainty, and he and I should have to
fight for dear life — he, a cripple, and I, a boy —
against five strong and active seamen!
Add to this double apprehension, the mystery
that still hung over the behaviour of my friends;
their unexplained desertion of the^stockade ; their
inexplicable cession of the chart; or, harder still
TREASURE ISLAND 295
to understand, the doctor's last warning to Silver,
" Look out for squalls when you find it ; " and you
will readily believe how little taste I found in my
breakfast, and with how uneasy a heart I set forth
behind my captors on the quest for treasure.
We made a curious figure, had any one been there
to see us; all in soiled sailor clothes, and all but
me armed to the teeth. Silver had two guns slung
about him — one before and one behind — besides
the great cutlass at his waist, and a pistol in each
pocket of his square-tailed coat. To complete his
strange appearance, Captain Flint sat perched upon
his shoulder and gabbling odds and ends of pur-
poseless sea-talk. I had a line about my waist,
and followed obediently after the sea-cook, who
held the loose end of the rope, now in his free
hand, now between his powerful teeth. For all
the world, I was led like a dancing bear.
The other men were variously burthened; some
carrying picks and shovels — for that had been
the very first necessary they brought ashore from
the Hispaniola — others laden with pork, bread,
and brandy for the mid-day meal. All the stores,
I observed, came from our stock; and I could see
the truth of Silver's words the night before. Had
he not struck a bargain with the doctor, he and his
mutineers, deserted by the ship, must have been
driven to subsist on clear water and the proceeds
296 TREASURE I S L A N I>
of their hunting. Water would have been little
to their taste; a sailor is not usually a good shot;
and, besides all that, when they were so short of
eatables, it was not likely they would be very flush
of powder.
Well, thus equipped, we all set out — even the
fellow with the broken head, who should certainly
have kept in shadow — and straggled, one after
another, to the beach, where the two gigs awaited
us. Even these bore trace of the drunken folly of
the pirates, one in a broken thwart, and both in
their muddy and unbailed condition. Both were
to be carried along with us, for the sake of safety ;
and so, with our numbers divided between them,
we set forth upon the bosom of the anchorage.
As we pulled over, there was some discussion
on the chart. The red cross was, of course, far
too large to be a guide; and the terms of the note
on the back, as you will hear, admitted of some
ambiguity. They ran, the reader may remember,
thus:
" Tall tree, Spy-glass shoulder, bearing a point to the N.
of N.N.E.
" Skeleton Island E.S.E. and by E.
" Ten feet."
A tall tree was thus the principal mark. Now,
right before us, the anchorage was bounded by a
plateau from two to three hundred feet high, ad-
TREASURE ISLAND 297
joining on the north the sloping southern shoulder
of the Spy-glass, and rising again towards the
sovrth into the rough, cliffy eminence called the
Mizzen-mast Hill. The top of the plateau was
dotted thickly with pine trees of varying height.
Every here and there, one of a different species
rose forty or fifty feet clear above its neighbours,
and which of these was the particular " tall tree "
of Captain Flint could only be decided on the spot,
and by the readings of the compass.
Yet, although that was the case, every man on
board the boats had picked a favourite of his own
ere we were half-way over, Long John alone shrug-
ging his shoulders and bidding them wait till they
were there.
We pulled easily, by Silver's directions, not to
weary the hands prematurely; and, after quite a
long passage, landed at the mouth of the second
river — that which runs down a woody cleft of
the Spy-glass. Thence, bending to our left, we
began to ascend the slope towards the plateau.
At the first outset, heavy, miry ground and a
matted, marish vegetation, greatly delayed our
progress; but by little and little the hill began to
steepen and become stony under foot, and the wood
to change its character and to grow in a more open
order. It was, indeed, a most pleasant portion of
the island that we were now approaching. A
298 TREASURE ISLAND
heavy-scented broom ancl many flowering shrubs
had almost taken the place of grass. Thickets of
green nutmeg trees were dotted here and there
with the red columns and the broad shadow of
the pines; and the first mingled their spice with
the aroma of the others. The air, besides, was
fresh and stirring, and this, under the sheer
sunbeams, was a wonderful refreshment to our
senses.
The party spread itself abroad, in a fan shape,
shouting and leaping to and fro. About the centre,
and a good way behind the rest, Silver and I fol-
lowed — I tethered by my rope, he ploughing, with
deep pants, among the sliding gravel. From time
to time, indeed, I had to lend him a hand, or he
must have missed his footing and fallen backward
down the hill.
We had thus proceeded for about half a mile,
and were approaching the brow of the plateau,
when the man upon the farthest left began to cry
aloud, as if in terror. Shout after shout came
from him, and the others began to run in his
direction.
" He can't 'a' found the treasure," said old Mor-
gan, hurrying past us from the right, " for that 's
clean a-top."
Indeed, as we found when we also reached the
spot, it was something very different. At the foot
TREASURE ISLAND 299
of a pretty big pine, and involved in a green
creeper, which had even partly lifted some of the
smaller bones, a human skeleton lay, with a few
shreds of clothing, on the ground. I believe a chill
struck for a moment to every heart.
" He was a seaman," said George Merry, who,
bolder than the rest, had gone up close, and was
examining the rags of clothing. " Leastways, this
is good sea-cloth."
" Ay, ay," said Silver, " like enough ; you
would n't look to find a bishop here, I reckon.
But what sort of a way is that for bones to lie?
?T ain't in natur'."
Indeed, on a second glance, it seemed impos-
sible to fancy that the body was in a natural posi-
tion. But for some disarray (the work, perhaps,
of the birds that had fed upon him, or of the slow-
growing creeper that had gradually enveloped his
remains) the man lay perfectly straight — his feet
pointing in one direction, his hands, raised above
his head like a diver's, pointing directly in the
opposite.
" I 've taken a notion into my old numskull," ob-
served Silver. " Here 's the compass ; there 's the
tip-top p'int o' Skeleton Island, stickin' out like
a tooth. Just take a bearing, will you, along the
line of them bones."
It was done. The body pointed straight in the
300 TREASURE ISLAND
direction of the island, and the compass read duly
E. S. E. and by E.
"I thought so," cried the cook; "this here is
a p'inter. Right up there is our line for the Pole
Star and the jolly dollars. But, by thunder! if
it don't make me cold inside to think of Flint.
This is one of his jokes, and no mistake. Him and
these six was alone here ; he killed 'em, every man ;
and this one he hauled here and laid down by
compass, shiver my timbers ! They 're long bones,
and the hair 's been yellow. Ay, that would be
Allardyce. You mind Allardyce, Tom Morgan?"
" Ay, ay," returned Morgan, " I mind him ; he
owed me money, he did, and took my knife ashore
with him."
" Speaking of knives," said another, " why don't
we find his'n lying round? Flint warn't the man
to pick a seaman's pocket; and the birds, I guess,
would leave it be."
" By the powers, and that 's true ! " cried Silver.
" There ain't a thing left here," said Merry, still
feeling round among the bones, " not a copper
doit nor a baccy box. It don't look nat'ral to me."
"No, by gum, it don't," agreed Silver; "not
nat'ral, nor not nice, says you. Great guns ! mess-
mates, but if Flint was living, this would be a hot
spot for you and me. Six they were, and six are
we ; and bones is what they are now."
TREASURE ISLAND 301'
" I saw him dead with these here dead-lights,"
said Morgan. " Billy took me in. There he laid,
with penny-pieces on his eyes."
" Dead — ay, sure enough he 's dead and gone
below," said the fellow with the bandage; "but
if ever sperrit walked, it would be Flint's. Dear
heart, but he died bad, did Flint ! "
" Ay, that he did," observed another ; " no\v he
raged, and now he hollered for the rum, and now
he sang. ' Fifteen Men ' were his only song, mates ;
and I tell you true, I never rightly liked to hear it
since. It was main hot, and the windy was open,
and I hear that old song comin' out as clear as
clear — and the death-haul on the man already."
" Come, come," said Silver, " stow this talk.
He 's dead, and he don't walk, that I know ; least-
ways, he won't walk by day, and you may lay to
that. Care killed a cat. Fetch ahead for the
doubloons."
We started, certainly ; but in spite of the hot sun
and the staring daylight, the pirates no longer ran
separate and shouting through the wood, but kept
side by side and spoke with bated breath. The
terror of the dead buccaneer had fallen on their
spirits.
CHAPTER XXXII
THE TREASURE HUNT — THE VOICE AMONG
THE TREES
PARTLY from the damping influence of this
alarm, partly to rest Silver and the sick folk,
the whole party sat down as soon as they
had gained the brow of the ascent.
The plateau being somewhat tilted towards the
west, this spot on which we had paused commanded
a wide prospect on either hand. Before us, over
the tree-tops, we beheld the Cape of the Woods
fringed with surf ; behind, we not only looked down
upon the anchorage and Skeleton Island, but saw
— clear across the spit and the eastern lowlands —
a great field of open sea upon the east. Sheer above
us rose the Spy-glass, here dotted with single pines,
there black with precipices. There was no sound
but that of the distant breakers, mounting from all
round, and the chirp of countless insects in the
brush. Not a man, not a sail upon the sea; the
very largeness of the view increasedHihe sense of
so'iitude.
TREASURE ISLAND 303
Silver, as he sat, took certain bearings with his
compass.
" There are three ' tall trees,' " said he, " about
in the right line from Skeleton Island. ' Spy-glass
Shoulder,' I take it, means that lower p'int there.
It 's child's play to find the stuff now. I Ve half
a mind to dine first."
" I don't feel sharp," growled Morgan. " Think-
in' o' Flint — I think it were — as done me."
" Ah, well, my son, you praise your stars he 's
dead," said Silver.
" He were an ugly devil," cried a third pirate.,
with a shudder ; " that blue in the face, too ! "
" That was how the rum took him," added Merry.
" Blue ! well, I reckon he was blue. That 's a true
word."
Ever since they had found the skeleton and got
upon this train of thought, they had spoken lower
and lower, and they had almost got to whispering
by now, so that the sound of their talk hardly in-
terrupted the silence of the wood. All of a sudden,
out of the middle of the trees in front of us, a thin,
high, trembling voice struck up the well-known air
and words :
u Fifteen men on the dead man's chest —
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum ! "
I never have seen men more dreadfully affected
than the pirates. The colour went from their six
304 TREASURE ISLANL
faces like enchantment; some leaped to their feet,
some clawed hold of others ; Morgan grovelled on
the ground.
"It's Flint, by- -!" cried Merry.
The song had stopped as suddenly as it began -
broken off, you would have said, in the middle of
a note, as though some one had laid his hand upon
the singer's mouth. Coming so far through the
clear, sunny atmosphere among the green tree-
tops, I thought it had sounded airily and sweetly;
and the effect on my companions was the
stranger.
" Come," said Silver, struggling with his ashen
lips to get the word out, " this won't do. Stand
by to go about. This is a rum start, and I can't
name the voice : but it 's some one skylarking -
some one that 's flesh and blood, and you may lay
to that."
His courage had come back as he spoke, and some
of the colour to his face along with it. Already the
others had begun to lend an ear to this encourage-
ment, and were coming a little to themselves, when
the same voice broke out again — not this time
singing, but in a faint distant hail, that echoed yet
fainter among the clefts of the Spy-glass.
" Darby M'Graw," it wailed — for that is the
word that best describes the sound — " Darby
M'Graw ! Darbv M'Graw ! " again and again and
TREASURE ISLAND 305
again; and then rising a little higher, and with
an oath that I leave out, " Fetch aft the rum,
Darby!"
The buccaneers remained rooted to the ground,
their eyes starting from their heads. Long after
the voice had died away they still stared in silence,
dreadfully, before them.
" That fixes it ! " gasped one. " Let 's go ! "
" They was his last words," moaned Morgan,
" his last words above board."
Dick had his Bible out, and was praying volubly.
He had been well brought up, had Dick, before he
came to sea and fell among bad companions.
Still, Silver was unconquered. I could hear his
teeth rattle in his head; but he had not yet
surrendered.
" Nobody in this here island ever heard of
Darby," he muttered ; " not one but us that 's here."
And then, making a great effort, " Shipmates,"
he cried, " I 'm here to get that stuff, and I '11 not
be beat by man nor devil. I never was feared of
Flint in his life, and, by the powers, I '11 face him
dead. There 's seven hundred thousand pound not
a quarter of a mile from here. When did ever a
gentleman o' fortune show his stern to that much
dollars, for a boosy old seaman with a blue mug —
and him dead, too ? "
But there was no sign of re-awakening courage
VOL. VI. — 20
3o6 TREASURE ISLAND
in his followers ; rather, indeed, of growing terror
at the irreverence of his words.
" Belay there, John ! " said Merry. " Don't you
cross a sperrit."
And the rest were all too terrified to reply. They
would have run away severally had they dared ; but
fear kept them together, and kept them close by
John, as if his daring helped them. He, on his part,
had pretty well fought his weakness down.
" Sperrit ? Well, maybe," he said. " But there 's
one thing not clear to me. There was an echo.
Now, no man ever seen a sperrit with a shadow;
well, then, what 's he doing with an echo to him, I
should like to know ? That ain't in natur, surely ? "
This argument seemed weak enough to me. But
you can never tell what will affect the superstitious,
and, to my wonder, George Merry was greatly
relieved.
" Well, that 's so," he said. " You 've a head
upon your shoulders, John, and no mistake. 'Bout
ship, mates ! This here crew is on a wrong tack, I
do believe. And come to think on it, it was like
Flint's voice, I grant you, but not just so clear-away
like it, after all. It was liker somebody else's voice
now — it was liker '
" By the powers, Ben Gunn ! " roared Silver.
" Ay, and so it were," cried Morgan, springing
on his knees. " Ben Gunn it were ! "
TREASURE ISLAND 307
" It don't make much odds, do it, now? " asked
Dick. " Ben Gunn 's not here in the body, any
more 'n Flint."
But the older hands greeted this remark with
scorn.
" Why, nobody minds Ben Gunn," cried Merry ;
" dead or alive, nobody minds him."
It was extraordinary how their spirits had re-
turned, and how the natural colour had revived in
their faces. Soon they were chatting together, with
intervals pf listening; and not long after, hearing
no further sound, they shouldered the tools and
set forth again, Merry walking first with Silver's
compass to keep them on the right line with Skeleton
Island. He had said the truth: dead or alive,
nobody minded Ben Gunn.
Dick alone still held his Bible, and looked around
him as he went, with fearful glances ; but he found
no sympathy, and Silver even joked him on his
precautions.
" I told you," said he — "I told you, you had
sp'iled your Bible. If it ain't no good to swear by,
what do you suppose a sperrit would give for it?
Not that ! " and he snapped his big fingers, halting
a moment on his crutch.
But Dick was not to be comforted; indeed, it
was soon plain to me that the lad was falling sick :
hastened by heat, exhaustion, and the shock of his
3o8 TREASURE ISLAND
alarm, the fever, predicted by Dr. Livesey, was
evidently growing swiftly higher.
It was fine open walking here, upon the summit ;
our way lay a little down-hill, for, as I have said,
the plateau tilted towards the west. The pines,
great and small, grew wide apart; and even be-
tween the clumps of nutmeg and azalea, wide open
spaces baked in the hot sunshine. Striking, as we
did, pretty near north-west across the island, we
drew, on the one hand, ever nearer under the
shoulders of the Spy-glass, and on the other,
looked ever wider over that western bay where I
had once tossed and trembled in the coracle.
The first of the tall trees was reached, and by
the bearing, proved the wrong one. So with the
second. The third rose nearly two hundred feet
into the air above a clump of underwood; a giant
of a vegetable, with a red column as big as a cot-
tage, and a wide shadow around in which a com-
pany could have manoeuvred. It was conspicuous
far to sea both on the east and west, and might
have been entered as a sailing mark upon the chart.
But it was not its size that now impressed my
companions; it was the knowledge that seven
hundred thousand pounds in gold lay somewhere
buried below its spreading shadow. The thought
of the money, as they drew nearer, swallowed up
their previous terrors. Their eyes burned in their
TREASURE ISLAND 309
heads; their feet grew speedier and lighter; their
whole soul was bound up in that fortune, that
whole lifetime of extravagance and pleasure, that
lay waiting there for each of them.
Silver hobbled, grunting, on his crutch ; his nos-
trils stood out and quivered ; he cursed like a mad-
man when the flies settled on his hot and shiny
countenance; he plucked furiously at the line that
held me to him, and, from time to time, turned his
eyes upon me with a deadly look. Certainly he
took no pains to hide his thoughts; and certainly
I read them like print. In the immediate nearness
of the gold, all else had been forgotten ; his promise
and the doctor's warning were both things of the
past; and I could not doubt that he hoped to seize
upon the treasure, find and board the Hispaniola
under cover of night, cut every honest throat
about that island, and sail away as he had at first
intended, laden with crimes and riches.
Shaken as I was with these alarms, it was hard
for me to keep up with the rapid pace of the treas-
ure-hunters. Now and again I stumbled; and it
was then that Silver plucked so roughly at the rope
and launched at me his murderous glances. Dick,
who had dropped behind us, and now brought up
the rear, was babbling to himself both prayers and
curses, as his fever kept rising. This also added
to my wretchedness, and, to crown all, I was
310 TREASURE ISLAND
haunted by the thought of the tragedy that had
once been acted on that plateau, when that un-
godly buccaneer with the blue face — he who died
at Savannah, singing and shouting for drink —
had there, with his own hand, cut down his six
accomplices. This grove, that was now so peace-
ful, must then have rung with cries, I thought;
and even with the thought I could believe I heard
it ringing still.
We were now at the margin of the thicket.
" Huzza, mates, all together ! " shouted Merry ;
and the foremost broke into a run.
And suddenly, not ten yards further, we beheld
them stop. A low cry arose. Silver doubled his
pace, digging away with the foot of his crutch like
one possessed; and next moment he and I had
come also to a dead halt.
Before us was a great excavation, not very re-
cent, for the sides had fallen in and grass had
sprouted on the bottom. In this were the shaft
of a pick broken in two and the boards of several
packing-cases strewn around. On one of these
boards I saw, branded with a hot iron, the name
Walrus — the name of 'Flint's ship.
All was clear to probation. The cache had been
found and rifled : the seven hundred thousand
pounds were gone!
nr
CHAPTER XXXIII
THE FALL OF A CHIEFTAIN
HERE never was such an overturn in this
world. Each of these six men was as
though he had been struck. But with
Silver the blow passed almost instantly. Every
thought of his soul had been set full-stretch, like a
racer, on that money; well, he was brought up in
a single second, dead ; and he kept his head, found
his temper, and changed his plan before the others
had had time to realize the disappointment.
" Jim," he whispered, " take that, and stand by
for trouble."
And he passed me a double-barrelled pistol.
At the same time he began quietly moving north-
ward, and in a few steps had put the hollow between
us two and the other five. Then he looked at me
and nodded, as much as to say, " Here is a nar-
row corner," as, indeed, I thought it was. His
looks were now quite friendly; and I was so re-
volted at these constant changes,- that I could not
forbear whispering, " So you 've changed sides
again."
3i2 TREASURE ISLAND
There was no time left for him to answer in.
The buccaneers, with oaths and cries, began to leap,
one after another, into the pit, and to dig with
their fingers, throwing the boards aside as they did
so. Morgan found a piece of gold. He held it up
with a perfect spout of oaths. It was a two-guinea
piece, and it went from hand to hand among them
for a quarter of a minute.
"Two guineas!" roared Merry, shaking it at
Silver. " That 's your seven hundred thousand
pounds, is it ? You 're the man for bargains, ain't
you ? You 're him that never bungled nothing, you
wooden-headed lubber ! "
" Dig away, boys," said Silver, with the coolest
insolence ; " you '11 find some pig-nuts and I
should n't wonder."
"Pig-nuts!" repeated Merry, in a scream.
" Mates, do you hear that? I tell you, now, that
man there knew it all along. Look in the face of
him, and you '11 see it wrote there."
" Ah, Merry," remarked Silver, " standing for
cap'n again? You're a pushing lad, to be sure."
But this time every one was entirely in Merry's
favour. They began to scramble out of the ex-
cavation, darting furious glances behind them.
One thing I observed, which looked well for us:
they all got out upon the opposite side from
Silver.
TREASURE ISLAND 313
Well, there we stood, two on one side, five on
the other, the pit between us, and nobody screwed
up high enough to offer the first blow. Silver
never moved; he watched them, very upright on
his crutch, and looked as cool as ever I saw him.
He was brave, and no mistake.
At last, Merry seemed to think a speech might
help matters.
" Mates," says he, " there 's two of them alone
there ; one 's the old cripple that brought us all
here and blundered us down to this; the other's
that cub that I mean to have the heart of. Now,
mates "
He was raising his arm and his voice, and
plainly meant to lead a charge. But just then —
crack ! crack ! crack ! — three musket-shots flashed
out of the thicket. Merry tumbled head-foremost
into the excavation; the man with the bandage
spun round like a teetotum, and fell all his length
upon his side, where he lay dead, but still twitch-
ing ; and the other three turned and ran for it with
all their might.
Before you could wink, Long John had fired two
barrels of a pistol into the struggling Merry; and
as the man rolled up his eyes at him in the last
agony, " George," said he, " I reckon I settled
you."
At the same moment the doctor, Gray, and Ben
3i4 TREASURE ISLAND
Gunn joined us, with smoking muskets, from
among the nutmeg trees.
" Forward! " cried the doctor. " Double quick,
my lads. We must head 'em off the boats."
And we set off at a great pace, sometimes plung-
ing through the bushes to the chest.
I tell you, but Silver was anxious to keep up
with us. The work that man went through, leap-
ing on his crutch till the muscles of his chest were
fit to burst, was work no sound man ever equalled ;
and so thinks the doctor. As it was, he was al-
ready thirty yards behind us, and on the verge
of strangling, when we reached the brow of the
slope.
"Doctor," he hailed, "see there! no hurry!"
Sure enough there was no hurry. In a more
open part of the plateau, we could see the three
survivors still running in the same direction as they
had started, right for Mizzen-mast Hill. We were
already between them and the boats; and so we
four sat down to breathe, while Long John, mop-
ping his face, came slowly up with us.
" Thank ye kindly, doctor," says he. " You
came in in about the nick, I guess, for me and
Hawkins. And so it 's you, Ben Gunn ! " he added.
" Well, you 're a nice one, to be sure."
" I 'm Be^Gunn, I am," replied the maroon,
wriggling like an eel in his embarrassment.
TREASURE ISLAND 315
: And," he added, after a long pause, "how do,
Mr. Silver? Pretty well, I thank ye, says you."
" Ben, Ben," murmured Silver, " to think as
you 've done me! "
The doctor sent back Gray for one of the pick-
axes, deserted, in their flight, by the mutineers:
and then as we proceeded leisurely down hill to
where the boats were lying, related, in a few
words, what had taken place. It was a story that
profoundly interested Silver; and Ben Gunn, the
half-idiot maroon, was the hero from beginning
to end.
Ben, in his long, lonely wanderings about the
island, had found the skeleton — it was he that had
rifled it; he had found the treasure; he had dug
it up (it was the haft of his pickaxe that lay broken
in the excavation) ; he had carried it on his back,
in many weary journeys, from the foot of the tall
pine to a cave he had on the two-pointed hill at the
north-east angle of the island, and there it had lain
stored in safety since two months before the arrival
of the Hispaniola.
When the doctor had wormed this secret from
him, on the afternoon of the attack, and when, next
morning, he saw the anchorage deserted, he had
gone to Silver, given him the chart, which was now
useless — given him the stores, for Ben Gunn's
cave was well supplied with goats' meat salted by
ji6 TREASURE ISLAND
himself — given anything and everything to get a
chance of moving in safety from the stockade to
the two-pointed hill, there to be clear of malaria
and keep a guard upon the money.
" As for you, Jim," he said, " it went against my
heart, but I did what I thought best for those who
had stood by their duty ; and if you were not one of
these, whose fault was it? "
That morning, finding that I was to be involved in
the horrid disappointment he had prepared for the
mutineers, he had run all the way to the cave, and,
leaving the squire to guard the captain, had taken
Gray and the maroon, and started, making the diag-
onal across the island, to be at hand beside the pine.
Soon, however, he saw that our party had the start
of him; and Ben Gtmn, being fleet of foot, had
been despatched in front to do his best alone. Then
it had occurred to him to work upon the super-
stitions of his former shipmates ; and he was so
far successful that Gray and the doctor had come
up and were already ambushed before the arrival
of the treasure-hunters'
" Ah," said Silver, " it were fortunate for me
that I had Hawkins here. You would have let old
John be cut to bits, and never given it a thought,
doctor."
" Not a thought," replied Dr. Livesey, cheerily.
by this time we had reached the gigs. The
TREASURE ISLAND 317
doctor, with a pickaxe, demolished one of them, and
then we all got aboard the other, and set out to go
round by sea for North Inlet.
This was a run of eight or nine miles. Silver,
though he was almost killed already with fatigue,
was set to an oar, like the rest of us, and we were
soon skimming swiftly over a smooth sea. Soon
we passed out of the straits and doubled the south-
east corner of the island, round which, four days
ago, we had towed the Hispaniola.
As we passed the two-pointed hill, we could see
the black mouth of Ben Gunn's cave, and a figure
standing by it, leaning on a musket. It was the
squire ; and we waved a handkerchief and gave him
three cheers, in which the voice of Silver joined as
heartily as any.
Three miles farther, just inside the mouth of
North Inlet, what should we meet but the His-
paniola, cruising by herself? The last flood had
lifted her; and had there been much wind, or a
strong tide current, as in the southern anchorage,
we should never have found her more, or found
her stranded beyond help. As it was, there was
little amiss, beyond the wreck of the main-sail.
Another anchor was got ready, and dropped in a
fathom and a half of water. We all pulled round
again to Rum Cove, the nearest point for Ben
Gunn's treasure-house; and then Gray, single-
318 TREASURE ISLAND
handed, returned with the gig to the Hispaniola,
where he was to pass the night on guard.
A gentle slope ran up from the beach to the
entrance of the cave. At the top, the squire met
us. To me he was cordial and kind, saying noth-
ing of my escapade, either in the way of blame or
praise. At Silver's polite salute he somewhat
flushed.
" John Silver," he said, " you 're a prodigious
villain and impostor — a monstrous impostor, sir.
I am told I am not to prosecute you. Well, then,
I will not. But the dead men, sir, hang about
your neck like millstones."
" Thank you kindly, sir," replied Long John,
again saluting.
"I dare you to thank me!" cried the Squire.
" It is a gross dereliction of my duty. Stand back."
And thereupon we all entered the cave. It was
a large, airy place, with a little spring and a pool
of clear water, overhung with ferns. The floor
was sand. Before a big fire lay Captain Smollett ;
and in a far corner, only duskily flickered over by
the blaze, I beheld great heaps of coin and quad-
rilaterals built of bars of gold. That was Flint's
treasure that we had come so far to seek, and
that had cost already the lives of seventeen men
from the Hispaniola. How many it^had cost in
the amassing, what blood and sorrow, what good
TREASURE ISLAND 319
ships scuttled on the deep, what brave men walk-
ing the plank blindfold, what shot of cannon, what
shame and lies and cruelty, perhaps no man alive
could tell. Yet there were still three upon that
island — Silver, and old Morgan, and Ben Gunn
- who had each taken his share in these crimes,
as each had hoped in vain to share in the rewa
" Come in, Jim," said the captain. " You 're
good boy in your line, Jim ; but I don't think yo?
and me '11 go to sea again. You 're too much o
the born favourite for me. Is that you", John
Silver? What brings you here, man? "
" Come back to my dooty, sir," returned Silver.
" Ah ! " said the captain ; and that was all he
said.
What a supper I had of it that night, with all
my friends around me; and what a meal it was,
with Ben Gunn's salted goat, and some delicacies
and a bottle of old wine from the Hispaniola.
Never, I am sure, were people gayer or happier.
And there was Silver, sitting back almost out of
the firelight, but eating heartily, prompt to spring
forward when anything was wanted, even joining
quietly in our laughter — the same bland, polite,
obsequious seaman of the voyage out.
T
CHAPTER XXXIV
AND LAST
HE next morning we fell early to work,
for the transportation of this great mass
of gold near a mile by land to the beach,
and thence three miles by boat to the Hispaniola,
was a considerable task for so small a number of
workmen. The three fellows still abroad upon the
island did not greatly trouble us; a single sentry
on the shoulder of the hill was sufficient to insure
us against any sudden onslaught, and we thought,
besides, they had had more than enough of fighting.
Therefore the work was pushed on briskly. Gray
and Ben Gunn came and went with the boat, while
the rest, during their absences, piled treasure on
the beach. Two of the bars, slung in a rope's-end,
made a good load for a grown man — one that
he was glad to walk slowly with. For my part,
as I was not much use at carrying, I was kept
busy all day in the cave, packing the minted money
into bread-bags.
It was a strange collection, like-Billy Bones's
hoard for the diversity of coinage, but so much
TREASURE ISLAND 321
larger and so much more varied that I think I
never had more pleasure than in sorting them.
English, French, Spanish, Portuguese, Georges,
and Louises, doubloons and double guineas and
moidores and sequins, the pictures of all the kings
of Europe for the last hundred years, strange Ori-
ental pieces stamped with what looked like wisps
of string or bits of spider's web, round pieces and
square pieces, and pieces bored through the middle,
as if to wear them round your neck — nearly evenj
variety of money in the world must, I think; "Have
found a place in that collection; and for number,
I am sure they were like autumn leaves, so that
my back ached with stooping and my fingers with
sorting them out.
Day after day this work went on; by every
evening a fortune had been stowed aboard, but
there was another fortune waiting for the morrow ;
and all this time we heard nothing of the three
surviving mutineers.
At last — I think it was on the third night
— the doctor and I were strolling on the shoul-
der of the hill where it overlooks the lowlands
of the isle, when, from out the thick darkness
below, the wind brought us a noise between
shrieking and singing. It was only a snatch
that reached our ears, followed by the former
silence.
VOL. VI. — 21
322 TREASURE ISLAND
" Heaven forgive them," said the doctor, " 't is
the mutineers ! "
" All drunk, sir," struck in the voice of Silver
from behind us.
Silver, I should say, was allowed his entire
liberty, and, in spite of daily rebuffs, seemed to
regard himself once more as quite a privileged and
friendly dependant. Indeed, it wras remarkable
how well he bore these slights, and with what un-
wearying politeness he kept on trying to ingratiate
"himself with all. Yet, I think, none treated him
better than a dog; unless it was Ben Gunn, who
was still terribly afraid of his old quartermaster,
or myself, who had really something to thank him
for; although for that matter, I suppose, I had
reason to think even worse of him than anybody
else, for I had seen him meditating a fresh treach-
ery upon the plateau. Accordingly, it was pretty
gruffly that the doctor answered him.
" Drunk or raving," said he.
"Right you were, sir," replied Silver; "and
precious little odds which, to you and me."
" I suppose you would hardly ask me to call
you a humane man," returned the doctor, with a
sneer, " and so my feelings may surprise you,
Master Silver. But if I were sure they were
raving — as I am morally certain one, at least, of
them is down with fever — I should leave this
TREASURE ISLANI
camp, and, at whatever risk to my own
take them the assistance of my skill."
" Ask your pardon, sir, you would b-
wrong," quoth Silver. " You would lose
precious life, and you may lay to that. I
your side now, hand and glove; and I shou
wish for to see the party weakened, let i
yourself, seeing as I know what I owes you.
these men down there, they could n't keep t
word — no, not supposing they wished to ; .
what 's more, they could n't believe as you^cmjki.
" No," said the doctor. " You 're the man to
keep your word, we know that."
Well, that was about the last news we had of
the three pirates. Only once we heard a gunshot
a great way off, and supposed them to be hunting.
A council was held, and it was decided that wre
must desert them on the island — to the huge glee,
I must say, of Ben Gunn, and with the strong
approval of Gray. We left a good stock of
powder and shot, the bulk of the salt goat, a
few medicines, and some other necessaries, tools,
clothing, a spare sail, a fathom or two of rope,
and, by the particular desire of the doctor, a hand-
some present of tobacco.
That was about our last doing on the island.
Before that, we had got the treasure stowed, and
had shipped enough water and the remainder of
322 TREASURE ISLAND
.. TT
nt meat, in case of any distress ; and at last,
the nig morning, we weighed anchor, which was
^all that we could manage, and stood out of
iron inie^ the same colours flying that the cap-
d flown and fought under at the palisade,
three fellows must have been watching us
1 e§r than we thought for, as we soon had proved.
, coming through the narrows, we had to lie
tyy near the southern point, and there we saw all
wee of them kneeling together on a spit of sand,
vrtfTtheir arms raised in supplication. It went to all
our hearts, I think, to leave them in that wretched
state; but we could not risk another mutiny; and
to take them home for the gibbet would have been
a cruel sort of kindness. The doctor hailed them
and told them of the stores we had left, and where
they were to find them. But they continued to call
us by name, and appeal to us, for God's sake, to
be merciful, and not leave them to die in such a
place.
At last, seeing the ship still bore on her course,
and was now swiftly drawing out of earshot, one
of them — I know not which it was — leapt to his
feet with a hoarse cry, whipped his musket to his
shoulder, and sent a shot whistling over Silver's
head and through the main-sail.
After that, we kept under cover of "the bulwarks,
and when next I looked out they had disappeared
\
TREASURE ISLANI
from the spit, and the spit itself had almost
out of sight in the growing distance. Th;
at least, the end of that; and before noon,
inexpressible joy, the highest rock of Tr
Island had sunk into the blue round of sea.
We were so short of men, that every 01
board had to bear a hand — only the captain 1
on a mattress in the stern and giving his ora
for, though greatly recovered, he was still
want of quiet. We laid her head for the neai
port in Spanish America, for we could t^4-
the voyage home without fresh hand
it was, what with baffling winds and . c^apR"*
of fresh gales, we were all worn out before we
reached it.
It was just at sundown when we cast anchor in
a most beautiful land-locked gulf, and were im-
mediately surrounded by shore boats full of
negroes, and Mexican Indians, and half-bloods,
selling fruits and vegetables, and offering to dive
for bits of money. The sight of so many good-
humoured faces (especially the blacks), the taste
\of the tropical fruits, and, above all, the lights
\at began to shine in the town, made a most
\rming contrast to our dark and bloody
yie island ; and the doctor and the squire, ta1
/ along with them, went ashore to pass tV
art of the night. Here they met the
322 TREASURE ISLAND
(I TT
lish man-of-war, fell in talk with him, went
^d his ship, and, in short, had so agreeable
£, that day was breaking when we came
frorr;ide the Hispaniola.
\ Gunn was on deck alone, and, as soon as
ei'.me on board, he began, with wonderful con-
re^ons, to make us a confession. Silver was gone.
*]»• maroon had connived at his escape in a shore
some hours ago, and he now assured us he
only done so to preserve our lives, which
/ith 'uncertainly have been forfeit if " that man
our hearts, tie leg had stayed aboard." But this
KVa's* 'iibytcill. The sea-cook had not gone empty-
handed. He had cut through a bulkhead unob-
served, and had removed one of the sacks of coin,
worth, perhaps, three or four hundred guineas, to
help him on his further wanderings.
I think we were all pleased to be so cheaply quit
of him.
Well, to make a long story short, we got a few
hands on board, made a good cruise home, and the
Hispaniola reached Bristol just as Mr. Blandly
was beginning to think of fitting out her consort.
Five men only of those who had sailed return**8
»"''th her. " Drink and the devil had done for -r's
heaa" with a vengeance; "although, to_be sure,
Aftei^t quite in so bad a case as that other sfcs>
and when -about:
Presented to the
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO
LIBRARY
by the
ONTARIO LEGISLATIVE
LIBRARY
1980